FBC 2014.03.31 10-Q
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
FORM 10-Q
 
  
(Mark One)
ý
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2014
OR
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _________ to _________

Commission File Number: 001-16577
 
 
 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter).
 
 
Michigan
  
38-3150651
(State or other jurisdiction of
  
(I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or organization)
  
Identification No.)
 
 
5151 Corporate Drive, Troy, Michigan
  
48098-2639
(Address of principal executive offices)
  
(Zip code)
(248) 312-2000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Not applicable
(Former name, former address and formal fiscal year, if changed since last report)
 
  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes  ý    No  ¨.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes  ý    No  ¨.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 
Large accelerated filer
¨
Accelerated filer
ý
Non-accelerated filer
o  (Do not check if smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  ¨    No  ý.
As of May 8, 2014, 56,222,107 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, were issued and outstanding.


Table of Contents

FLAGSTAR BANCORP, INC.
FORM 10-Q
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.
 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition – March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations – For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) – For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity  – For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.


2

Table of Contents

FLAGSTAR BANCORP, INC.
FORM 10-Q
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

 
 
Item 1.
   Item 1A.  
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.
 
 


3

Table of Contents

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1. Financial Statements
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(In thousands, except share data)
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
Cash and cash items ($1,761 and $1,129 of consolidated VIEs, respectively) (1)
$
56,968

 
$
55,913

Interest-earning deposits
162,229

 
224,592

Total cash and cash equivalents
219,197

 
280,505

Investment securities available-for-sale
1,207,430

 
1,045,548

Loans held-for-sale ($1,372,978 and $1,140,507 measured at fair value, respectively) (2)
1,673,763

 
1,480,418

Loans repurchased with government guarantees
1,266,702

 
1,273,690

Loans held-for-investment, net


 
 
Loans held-for-investment ($233,854 and $238,322 measured at fair value which includes $150,595 and $155,012 of consolidated VIEs, respectively) (1) (2)
4,019,871

 
4,055,756

Less: allowance for loan losses
(307,000
)
 
(207,000
)
Total loans held-for-investment, net
3,712,871

 
3,848,756

Mortgage servicing rights
320,231

 
284,678

Repossessed assets, net
31,076

 
36,636

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
209,737

 
209,737

Premises and equipment, net
233,195

 
231,350

Net deferred tax asset
451,392

 
414,681

Other assets
285,759

 
301,302

Total assets
$
9,611,353

 
$
9,407,301

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
Noninterest bearing
$
983,348

 
$
930,060

Interest bearing
5,326,953

 
5,210,266

Total deposits
6,310,301

 
6,140,326

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
1,125,000

 
988,000

Long-term debt ($101,710 and $105,813 of consolidated VIEs at fair value, respectively) (1) (2)
349,145

 
353,248

Representation and warranty reserve
48,000

 
54,000

Other liabilities ($94,000 and $93,000 measured at fair value and $136 and $136 of consolidated VIEs, respectively) (1) (2)
427,627

 
445,853

Total liabilities
8,260,073

 
7,981,427

Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Preferred stock $0.01 par value, liquidation value $1,000 per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 266,657 issued and outstanding, respectively
266,657

 
266,174

Common stock $0.01 par value, 70,000,000 shares authorized; 56,221,056 and 56,138,074 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
562

 
561

Additional paid in capital
1,479,459

 
1,479,265

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(1,197
)
 
(4,831
)
Accumulated deficit
(394,201
)
 
(315,295
)
Total stockholders’ equity
1,351,280

 
1,425,874

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
9,611,353

 
$
9,407,301

(1)
Amounts represent the assets and liabilities of consolidated variable interest entities ("VIEs").
(2)
Amounts represent the assets and liabilities for which the Company has elected the fair value option.

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

4

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Unaudited)
Interest Income
 
 
 
Loans
$
58,668

 
$
91,950

Investment securities available-for-sale or trading
7,538

 
2,094

Interest-earning deposits and other
145

 
946

Total interest income
66,351

 
94,990

Interest Expense
 
 
 
Deposits
5,988

 
13,508

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
534

 
24,161

Other
1,628

 
1,652

Total interest expense
8,150

 
39,321

Net interest income
58,201

 
55,669

Provision for loan losses
112,321

 
20,415

Net interest (loss) income after provision for loan losses
(54,120
)
 
35,254

Noninterest Income
 
 
 
Loan fees and charges
12,311

 
33,360

Deposit fees and charges
4,764

 
5,146

Loan administration
19,584

 
20,356

Net gain on loan sales
45,342

 
137,540

Net transaction costs on sales of mortgage servicing rights
3,583

 
(4,219
)
Net gain on sale of assets
2,216

 
958

Representation and warranty reserve – change in estimate
1,672

 
(17,395
)
Other noninterest (loss) income
(14,519
)
 
9,197

Total noninterest income
74,953

 
184,943

Noninterest Expense
 
 
 
Compensation and benefits
65,572

 
77,208

Commissions
7,220

 
17,462

Occupancy and equipment
20,410

 
19,375

Asset resolution
11,508

 
16,445

Federal insurance premiums
5,010

 
11,240

Loan processing expense
7,735

 
17,111

Legal and professional expense
13,902

 
28,839

Other noninterest expense
7,895

 
8,910

Total noninterest expense
139,252

 
196,590


5

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations, Continued
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Unaudited)
(Loss) income before income taxes
(118,419
)
 
23,607

Benefit for income taxes
(39,996
)
 

Net (Loss) Income
(78,423
)
 
23,607

Preferred stock dividend/accretion
(483
)
 
(1,438
)
Net (loss) income applicable to common stock
$
(78,906
)
 
$
22,169

(Loss) income per share
 
 
 
Basic
$
(1.51
)
 
$
0.33

Diluted
$
(1.51
)
 
$
0.33

Weighted average shares outstanding
 
 
 
Basic
56,194,184

 
55,973,888

Diluted
56,194,184

 
56,415,057


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

6

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income
(In thousands)

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Unaudited)
Net (loss) income
$
(78,423
)
 
$
23,607

Other comprehensive income, before tax
 
 
 
Investment securities available-for-sale
 
 
 
Unrealized gains on investment securities available-for-sale
5,869

 
1,002

Reclassification of gain on sale of investment securities available-for-sale
(223
)
 

Total investment securities available-for-sale, before tax
5,646

 
1,002

Other comprehensive income, deferred tax benefit
 
 
 
Deferred tax benefit related to other comprehensive income resulting from unrealized gains and losses on investment securities available-for-sale
(2,200
)
 

Deferred tax benefit related to other comprehensive income resulting from the dissolution and sales of investments securities available-for-sale
188

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
3,634

 
1,002

Comprehensive (loss) income
$
(74,789
)
 
$
24,609

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


7

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(In thousands)
 
Preferred
Stock
 
Common
Stock
 
Additional
Paid in
Capital
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Retained Earnings (Accumulated
Deficit)
 
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
260,390

 
$
559

 
$
1,476,569

 
$
(1,658
)
 
$
(576,498
)
 
$
1,159,362

(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income

 

 

 

 
23,607

 
23,607

Total other comprehensive income

 

 

 
1,002

 

 
1,002

Restricted stock issued

 
1

 
(1
)
 

 

 

Accretion of preferred stock
1,438

 

 

 

 
(1,438
)
 

Stock-based compensation

 
1

 
56

 

 

 
57

Balance at March 31, 2013
$
261,828

 
$
561

 
$
1,476,624

 
$
(656
)
 
$
(554,329
)
 
$
1,184,028

Balance at December 31, 2013
$
266,174

 
$
561

 
$
1,479,265

 
$
(4,831
)
 
$
(315,295
)
 
$
1,425,874

(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss

 

 

 

 
(78,423
)
 
(78,423
)
Total other comprehensive income

 

 

 
3,634

 

 
3,634

Restricted stock issued

 
1

 
(1
)
 

 

 

Accretion of preferred stock
483

 

 

 

 
(483
)
 

Stock-based compensation

 

 
195

 

 

 
195

Balance at March 31, 2014
$
266,657

 
$
562

 
$
1,479,459

 
$
(1,197
)
 
$
(394,201
)
 
$
1,351,280



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

8

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Unaudited)
Operating Activities
 
 
 
Net (loss) income
$
(78,423
)
 
$
23,607

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
Provision for loan losses
112,321

 
20,415

Depreciation and amortization
5,760

 
5,404

Loss on fair value of mortgage servicing rights
9,592

 
15,641

Loss of fair value of long-term debt
1,324

 

Net gain on the sale of assets
(2,974
)
 
(7,034
)
Net gain on loan sales
(45,342
)
 
(137,540
)
Net transaction costs on sales of mortgage servicing rights
(3,583
)
 
4,219

Net gain on investment securities
(223
)
 

Net gain on trading securities

 
(51
)
Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale
3,555,682

 
13,850,730

Origination and repurchase of loans held-for-sale, net of principal repayments
(5,296,103
)
 
(12,623,530
)
Net change in:
 
 
 
Decrease in repurchase loans with government guarantees, net of claims received
6,989

 
236,436

(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable
(3,183
)
 
10,936

(Increase) decrease in other assets
(16,077
)
 
76,280

Increase in payable for mortgage repurchase option
(4,973
)
 
(13,966
)
Representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate
(1,672
)
 
17,395

Net charge-offs in representation and warranty reserve
(5,557
)
 
(31,213
)
Decrease in other liabilities
(41,189
)
 
(32,653
)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(1,807,631
)
 
1,415,076

Investing Activities
 
 
 
Proceeds received from the sale of investment securities available-for-sale
1,846,339

 

Repayment of investment securities available-for-sale
30,729

 
15,378

Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale
(205,497
)
 

Net change from sales of loans held-for-investment
(276,412
)
 
61,645

Principal repayments net of origination of loans held-for-investment
13,773

 
635,929

Proceeds from the disposition of repossessed assets
10,004

 
27,285

Acquisitions of premises and equipment, net of proceeds
(7,786
)
 
(9,379
)
Proceeds from the sale of mortgage servicing rights
5,690

 
89,928

Net cash provided by investing activities
1,416,840

 
820,786

 
 
 
 

9

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, continued
(In thousands)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Unaudited)
Financing Activities
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in deposit accounts
169,975

 
(447,004
)
Net increase (decrease) in Federal Home Loan Bank advances
137,000

 
(280,000
)
Payment on long-term debt
(5,427
)
 

Net disbursement of payments of loans serviced for others
24,895

 
(234,846
)
Net receipt of escrow payments
3,040

 
3,881

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
329,483

 
(957,969
)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(61,308
)
 
1,277,893

Beginning cash and cash equivalents
280,505

 
952,793

Ending cash and cash equivalents
$
219,197

 
$
2,230,686

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
 
 
 
Loans held-for-investment transferred to repossessed assets
$
15,971

 
$
50,247

Interest paid on deposits and other borrowings
$
6,233

 
$
37,339

Income taxes paid
$
333

 
$
6,671

Reclassification of loans originated for investment to loans held-for-sale
$
281,040

 
$
1,129

Reclassification of mortgage loans originated held-for-sale then to loans held-for-investment
$
4,628

 
$
62,774

Mortgage servicing rights resulting from sale or securitization of loans
$
51,043

 
$
126,494


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

10

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 1 – Nature of Business

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. ("Flagstar" or the "Company"), the holding company for Flagstar Bank, FSB (the "Bank") is a Michigan-based savings and loan holding company founded in 1993. The Company's business is primarily conducted through its principal subsidiary, the Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank founded in 1987. At March 31, 2014, the Company's total assets were $9.6 billion. The Company has the largest bank headquartered in Michigan and one of the top ten largest savings banks in the United States.

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, subsequent events were evaluated through the time the financial statements were issued. The consolidated financial statements are considered issued when they are widely distributed to all stockholders and other financial statement users, or filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). All material subsequent events have been either recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements or disclosed in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2014, the Company reorganized the manner in which its operations are managed based on core operating functions. The segments are based on an internally-aligned segment leadership structure, which is also how the results are monitored and performance assessed. The Company's business model emphasizes the delivery of a complete set of mortgage and banking products and services, including originating, acquiring, selling and servicing one-to-four family residential first mortgage loans, which we believe is distinguished by timely processing and customer service.

The Company's operations are conducted through four operating segments: Mortgage Originations, Mortgage Servicing, Community Banking and Other, which includes the remaining reported activities. The Mortgage Originations segment, in which the Company originates or purchases residential first mortgage loans throughout the country and sells them into securitization pools, primarily to Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae"), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") and Government National Mortgage Association ("Ginnie Mae") (collectively, the "Agencies") or as whole loans. The Mortgage Servicing segment services mortgage loans on a fee basis for others and residential mortgages held-for-investment by the Community Banking segment and mortgage servicing rights held by the Other segment. The Company has retained certain loan originations in the held-for-investment portfolio, which are held by the Community Banking segment. Mortgage loans are originated through 33 home loan centers located in 18 states, a direct to consumer call center, the Internet, wholesale brokers and correspondents.

The Company also offers a range of products and services to consumers and businesses through the Community Banking segment. As of March 31, 2014, the Company operated 106 banking centers in Michigan. The Company offers consumer products including deposit accounts, commercial loans and personal loans, including auto and boat loans. The Company offers treasury management services. Commercial products offered include deposit and sweep accounts, telephone banking, term loans and lines of credit, lease financing, government banking products and treasury management services including remote deposit and merchant services.
    
The Bank is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") of the U.S. Department of the Treasury ("U.S. Treasury"). The Bank is also subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the "CFPB"). The Bank's deposits are insured by the FDIC through the Deposit Insurance Fund. The Company is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve ("Federal Reserve"). The Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") of Indianapolis.

Note 2 – Basis of Presentation, Accounting Policies and Recent Developments

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") for complete financial statements. These interim financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals that management believes are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations, financial position and cash flows. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other interim period or for the full year ending December 31, 2014. In addition, certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Company's Annual Report on Form

11

Table of Contents

10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, which are available on the Company’s Investor Relations web page, at www.flagstar.com, and on the SEC website, at www.sec.gov.

Variable Interest Entities

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include variable interest entities ("VIEs") in which the Company has determined to have a controlling financial interest. The Company consolidates a VIE if it has: (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary).

A VIE is an entity that lacks equity investors or whose equity investors do not have a controlling financial interest in the entity through their equity investments. The entity that has a controlling financial interest in a VIE is referred to as the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. On a quarterly basis, the Company will reassesses whether it has a controlling financial interest in and is the primary beneficiary of a VIE. The quarterly reassessment process considers whether the Company has acquired or divested the power to direct the activities of the VIE through changes in governing documents or other circumstances.

The reassessment also considers whether the Company has acquired or disposed of a financial interest that could be significant to the VIE, or whether an interest in the VIE has become significant or is no longer significant. The consolidation status of the VIEs with which the Company is involved may change as a result of such reassessments. Changes in consolidation status are applied prospectively, with assets and liabilities of a newly consolidated VIE initially recorded at fair value. A gain or loss may be recognized upon deconsolidation of a VIE depending on the carrying amounts of deconsolidated assets and liabilities compared to the fair value of retained interests and ongoing contractual arrangements. The Company primarily uses VIEs for its securitization activities, in which the Company transfers whole loans or debt securities into a trust or other vehicle such that the assets are legally isolated from the creditors of the Company. Assets held in a trust can only be used to settle obligations of the trust. The creditors of these trusts typically have no recourse to the Company except in accordance with the Company's obligations under standard representations and warranties. When the Company is the servicer of whole loans held in a securitization trust, including home equity loans, the Company has the power to direct the most significant activities of the trust. The Company does not have the power to direct the most significant activities of a residential mortgage agency trust unless the Company holds substantially all of the issued securities and has the unilateral right to liquidate the trust. The Company consolidates a whole-loan securitization trust if it has the power to direct the most significant activities and also holds securities issued by the trust or has other contractual arrangements, other than standard representations and warranties, which could potentially be significant to the trust.

At June 30, 2013, the Company became the primary beneficiary of the FSTAR 2005-1 and FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC securitization trusts because the Company obtained the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the trusts (power to select or remove the servicer) and the obligation to absorb expected losses and receive residual returns (support of the guarantor and holder of residual interests in trusts), which is reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a VIE. See Note 8 for information on VIEs.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") or other standard setting bodies that are adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto or results of operations upon adoption.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, "Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Topic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure." The guidance amends the guidance in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 310-40, "Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors," in efforts to reduce diversity in practice through clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs. Essentially, the guidance addresses when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan so that the loan should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized in the financial statements. This guidance is effective prospectively, for annual and interim periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of the guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements or the Notes thereto.


12

Table of Contents

Recent Developments

Organizational Restructuring

On January 16, 2014, the Company completed an organizational restructuring to reduce expenses consistent with its previously communicated strategy of optimizing its cost structure across all business lines. As part of this restructuring initiative, the Company has reduced full-time equivalents by approximately 350 during the first quarter 2014. Including the restructuring completed in the third quarter 2013, the Company has reduced staffing levels across the organization by approximately 600 full-time equivalents from its September 30, 2013 level.

Sale of Mortgage Servicing Rights

On December 18, 2013, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell $40.7 billion unpaid principal balance (net of write downs) of its MSR portfolio to Matrix Financial Services Corporation ("Matrix"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Two Harbors Investment Corp. Covered under the agreement are certain mortgage loans serviced for both Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae, originated primarily after 2010. Simultaneously, the Company entered into an agreement with Matrix to subservice the residential mortgage loans sold to Matrix. As a result, the Company will receive subservicing income and retain a portion of the ancillary fees to be paid as the subservicer of the loans.

Note 3 – Fair Value Measurements

The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record certain assets and liabilities at fair value and to determine fair value disclosures. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability through an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The determination of fair values of financial instruments often requires the use of estimates. In cases where quoted market values in an active market are not available, the Company uses present value techniques and other valuation methods to estimate the fair values of its financial instruments. These valuation models rely on market-based parameters when available, such as interest rate yield curves, credit spreads or unobservable inputs. Unobservable inputs may be based on management's judgment, assumptions and estimates related to credit quality, the Company's future earnings, interest rates and other relevant inputs. These valuation methods require considerable judgment and the resulting estimates of fair value can be significantly affected by the assumptions made and methods used.

Valuation Hierarchy

U.S. GAAP establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements that is based on the transparency of the inputs used in the valuation process. The three levels of the hierarchy, highest ranking to lowest, are as follows.

Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets in which the Company can participate as of the measurement date;

Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, and other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that reflect the Company's own assumptions about the expectations that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

A financial instrument's categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input within the valuation hierarchy that is significant to the overall fair value measurement. Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized at the end of the reporting period.
    

13

Table of Contents

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Assets

Investment securities available-for-sale. These securities are comprised of U.S. government sponsored agencies and municipal obligations. The Company measures fair value using prices obtained from pricing services. A review is performed on the security prices received from the pricing services, which includes discussion and analysis of the inputs used by the pricing services to value our securities. Where possible, fair values are generated using market inputs including quoted prices (the closing price in an exchange markets), bid prices (the price at which a buyer stands ready to purchase) and other market information. For fixed income securities that are not actively traded, the pricing services use alternative methods to determine fair value for the securities, including; quotes for similar fixed-income securities, matrix pricing, discounted cash flow using benchmark curves or other factors to determine fair value. U.S. government sponsored agencies are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy and all other debt securities are classified as Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

Loans held-for-sale. The Company generally estimates the fair value of loans held-for-sale based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans. Where quoted market prices were available, such market prices were utilized as estimates for fair values. Otherwise, the fair value of loans was computed by discounting cash flows using observable inputs inclusive of interest rates, prepayment speeds and loss assumptions for similar collateral. These measurements are classified as Level 2.

Loans held-for-investment. Loans held-for-investment are generally recorded at amortized cost. The Company does not record these loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, a loan becomes impaired when it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Once a loan is identified as impaired, the fair value of the impaired loan is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, market value of similar debt, or discounted cash flows. The fair value of the underlying collateral is determined, where possible, using market prices derived from appraisals or broker price opinions which are considered to be Level 3. Fair value may also be measured using the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate. The Company records the impaired loans as a non-recurring Level 3 valuation.

Loans held-for-investment on a recurring basis are loans that were previously recorded as loans held-for-sale but subsequently transferred to the held-for-investment category. As the Company selected the fair value option for the held-for-sale loans, they continue to be reported at fair value and measured consistent with the Level 2 methodology for loans held-for-sale.

The HELOC loans associated with the FSTAR 2005-1 and FSTAR 2006-2 securitization trusts have been recorded in the Consolidated Financial Statement as loans held-for-investment. These loans are recorded at fair value using the present value of expected cash flows discounted at market rates typical of assets with similar risk profiles. The Company records these loans as a recurring Level 3 valuation.

Also, included in loans held-for-investment are the second mortgage loans associated with the previous FSTAR 2006-1 mortgage securitization trust. The loans are carried at fair value and valued using a discounted estimated net future cash flow model and therefore classified within the Level 3 valuation hierarchy as the model utilizes significant inputs which are unobservable. See Note 8 - Private-Label Securitization and Variable Interest Entities for additional information.

Repossessed assets. Loans on which the underlying collateral has been repossessed are adjusted to fair value less costs to sell upon transfer to repossessed assets. Subsequently, repossessed assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value, less anticipated marketing and selling costs. Fair value is generally based upon third-party appraisals or internal fair value estimates based on repossessed asset experience and considered a Level 3 classification.

MSRs. The current market for MSRs is not sufficiently liquid to provide participants with quoted market prices. Therefore, the Company uses an option-adjusted spread valuation approach to determine the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows under multiple interest rate scenarios and discounting these cash flows using risk-adjusted discount rates. The key assumptions used in the valuation of MSRs include mortgage prepayment speeds and discount rates. Management obtains third-party valuations of the MSR portfolio on a quarterly basis from independent valuation experts to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by its internal valuation model. In certain circumstances, based on the probability of the completion of a sale of MSRs pursuant to a bona-fide purchase offer, the Company considers the bid price of that offer and identifiable transaction costs in comparison to the calculated fair value and may adjust the estimate of fair value to reflect the terms of the pending transaction. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, MSRs are classified within Level 3 of

14

Table of Contents

the valuation hierarchy. See Note 9 - Mortgage Servicing Rights, for the key assumptions used in the residential MSR valuation process.

Derivative financial instruments. Certain classes of derivative contracts are listed on an exchange and are actively traded, and they are therefore classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. These include U.S. Treasury futures and U.S. Treasury options. The Company's forward loan sale commitments and interest rate swaps are valued based on quoted prices for similar assets in an active market with inputs that are observable and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Rate lock commitments are valued using internal models with significant unobservable market parameters and therefore are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. The Company assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and determined that the credit valuation adjustments were not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives. The derivatives are reported in either other assets or other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Liabilities

Warrants. Warrant liabilities are valued using a binomial lattice model and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Significant observable inputs include expected volatility, a risk free rate and an expected life. Warrant liabilities are reported in "other liabilities" on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Long-term debt. The Company records the long-term debt associated with the FSTAR 2005-1 and FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC securitization trusts at fair value. The fair value of the debt is estimated using quantitative models which incorporate observable and, in some instances, unobservable inputs including security prices, interest rate yield curves, option volatility, currency, commodity or equity rates and correlations between these inputs. The Company also considers the impact of its own credit spreads in determining the discount rate used to value these liabilities. The credit spread is determined by reference to observable spreads in the secondary bond markets, which are considered to be Level 3. The Company records this debt as a recurring Level 3 valuation.

Litigation settlement. On February 24, 2012, the Company announced that the Bank had entered into an agreement (the "DOJ Agreement") with the U.S. Department of Justice ("DOJ") relating to certain underwriting practices associated with loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration ("FHA") of the Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD"). The Bank and the DOJ entered into the DOJ Agreement pursuant to which the Bank agreed to comply with all applicable HUD and FHA rules related to the continued participation in the direct endorsement lender program, make an initial payment of $15.0 million within 30 business days of the effective date of the DOJ Agreement, make payments of approximately $118.0 million contingent upon the occurrence of certain future events (the "Additional Payments"), and complete a monitoring period by an independent third party chosen by the Bank and approved by HUD. The Company made the initial payment of $15.0 million on April 3, 2012.

The Company elected the fair value option to account for the liability representing the obligation to make Additional Payments under the DOJ Agreement. As of March 31, 2014, the Bank has accrued $94.0 million, which represents the fair value of the Additional Payments. The signed DOJ Agreement establishes a legally enforceable contract with a stipulated payment plan that meets the definition of a financial liability.

At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the cash flows were discounted using a 9.5 percent and 9.9 percent, respectively, discount rate that is inclusive of the risk free rate based on the expected duration of the liability and an adjustment for non-performance risk that represents the Company's credit risk. The model assumes that the Company will have met substantially all of the stipulations required for the commencement of payments to the DOJ.

The liability is classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy given the projections of earnings and growth rate assumptions are unobservable inputs. The litigation settlement is included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Financial Statements and changes in the fair value of the litigation settlement will be recorded each quarter in other noninterest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 19 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments, for further information on the DOJ litigation settlement.


15

Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The following tables present the financial instruments carried at fair value as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, by caption on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and by level in the valuation hierarchy (as described above).
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total  Fair
Value
March 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Investment securities available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government sponsored agencies
$
1,195,066

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,195,066

       Municipal obligations

 
12,364

 

 
12,364

Loans held-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans

 
1,372,978

 

 
1,372,978

Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans

 
21,719

 

 
21,719

Second mortgage loans

 

 
61,540

 
61,540

HELOC loans

 

 
150,595

 
150,595

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
320,231

 
320,231

Derivative assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury futures
2,495

 

 

 
2,495

Forward agency and loan sales

 
3,298

 

 
3,298

Rate lock commitments

 

 
21,276

 
21,276

Interest rate swaps

 
2,386

 

 
2,386

Total derivative assets
2,495

 
5,684

 
21,276

 
29,455

Total assets at fair value
$
1,197,561

 
$
1,412,745

 
$
553,642

 
$
3,163,948

Derivative liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency forwards
$
(97
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(97
)
Interest rate swaps

 
(2,386
)
 

 
(2,386
)
Total derivative liabilities
(97
)
 
(2,386
)
 

 
(2,483
)
Warrant liabilities

 
(11,577
)
 

 
(11,577
)
Long-term debt

 

 
(101,710
)
 
(101,710
)
Litigation settlement

 

 
(94,000
)
 
(94,000
)
Total liabilities at fair value
$
(97
)
 
$
(13,963
)
 
$
(195,710
)
 
$
(209,770
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

16

Table of Contents

  
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total  Fair
Value
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Investment securities available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government sponsored agencies
$
1,028,248

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,028,248

Municipal obligations

 
17,300

 

 
17,300

Loans held-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans

 
1,140,507

 

 
1,140,507

Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans

 
18,625

 

 
18,625

Second mortgage loans

 

 
64,685

 
64,685

HELOC loans

 

 
155,012

 
155,012

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
284,678

 
284,678

Derivative assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury futures
1,221

 

 

 
1,221

Forward agency and loan sales

 
19,847

 

 
19,847

Rate lock commitments

 

 
10,329

 
10,329

Interest rate swaps

 
1,797

 

 
1,797

Total derivative assets
1,221

 
21,644

 
10,329

 
33,194

Total assets at fair value
$
1,029,469

 
$
1,198,076

 
$
514,704

 
$
2,742,249

Derivative liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency forwards
$
(1,665
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(1,665
)
Interest rate swaps

 
(1,797
)
 

 
(1,797
)
Total derivative liabilities
(1,665
)
 
(1,797
)
 

 
(3,462
)
Warrant liabilities

 
(10,802
)
 

 
(10,802
)
Long-term debt

 

 
(105,813
)
 
(105,813
)
Litigation settlement

 

 
(93,000
)
 
(93,000
)
Total liabilities at fair value
$
(1,665
)
 
$
(12,599
)
 
$
(198,813
)
 
$
(213,077
)

A determination to classify a financial instrument within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy is based upon the significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement. However, Level 3 financial instruments typically include, in addition to the unobservable or Level 3 inputs, observable inputs (that is, inputs that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources). Also, the Company manages the risk associated with the observable components of Level 3 financial instruments using securities and derivative positions that are classified within Level 1 or Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy; these Level 1 and Level 2 risk management instruments are not included in the Level 3 rollforward table below, and therefore the gains and losses in the tables do not reflect the effect of the Company's risk management activities related to such Level 3 instruments. If the market for an instrument becomes more liquid or active and pricing models become available which allow for readily observable inputs, the Company will transfer the instruments from Level 3 to Level 2 valuation hierarchy.

The Company had no transfers of assets or liabilities recorded at fair value between the fair value Levels for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.


17

Table of Contents

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs

The tables below include a roll forward of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition amounts for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (including the change in fair value) for financial instruments classified by the Company within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. 
 
 
Recorded in Earnings
Recorded in OCI
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2014
Balance at
Beginning of
Period
Total Unrealized Gains / (Losses)
Total Realized Gains / (Losses)
Total Unrealized Gains / (Losses)
Purchases
Sales
Settlements
Balance at
End of 
Period
Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Held at End of Period (4)
Assets
(Dollars in thousands)
Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Second mortgage loans
$
64,685

$
(417
)
$
444

$

$

$

$
(3,172
)
$
61,540

$
27

HELOC loans
155,012

(1,940
)
1,513


57


(4,047
)
150,595

7,257

Mortgage servicing rights
284,678

(9,592
)


51,043

(5,898
)

320,231

(4,099
)
Derivative financial instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate lock commitments
10,329

32,989



59,090

(64,887
)
(16,245
)
21,276

(637
)
          Totals
$
514,704

$
21,040

$
1,957

$

$
110,190

$
(70,785
)
$
(23,464
)
$
553,642

$
2,548

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
$
(105,813
)
$

$
(1,324
)
$

$

$

$
5,427

$
(101,710
)
$
1,321

Litigation settlement
(93,000
)

(1,000
)




(94,000
)

          Totals
$
(198,813
)
$

$
(2,324
)
$

$

$

$
5,427

$
(195,710
)
$
1,321

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities available-for-sale (1)(2)(3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage securitization
$
91,117

$

$

$
1,227

$

$

$
(4,988
)
$
87,356

$

Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transferors' interest
7,103

(174
)




(57
)
6,872

(174
)
Mortgage servicing rights
710,791

(15,641
)


126,494

(94,437
)

727,207

17,540

Derivative financial instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate lock commitments
86,200

(30,828
)


139,514

(118,815
)
(24,682
)
51,389

3,230

Totals
$
895,211

$
(46,643
)
$

$
1,227

$
266,008

$
(213,252
)
$
(29,727
)
$
872,824

$
20,596

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Litigation settlement
$
(19,100
)
$

$

$

$

$

$

$
(19,100
)
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Realized gains (losses), including unrealized losses deemed other-than-temporary and related to credit issues, are reported in noninterest income.
(2)
U.S. government agency investment securities available-for-sale are valued predominantly using quoted broker/dealer prices with adjustments to reflect any assumptions a willing market participant would include in its valuation. Non-agency CMOs investment securities available-for-sale are valued using internal valuation models and pricing information from third parties.
(3)
Reflects the changes in the unrealized gains (losses) related to financial instruments held at the end of the period.


    

18

Table of Contents

The following tables present the quantitative information about recurring Level 3 fair value financial instruments and the fair value measurements as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
 
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Unobservable Input
Range (Weighted Average)
March 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
  Assets
 
Second mortgage loans
$
61,540

Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Prepay rate - 12 month historical average
CDR rate - 12 month historical average
7.1% - 10.7% (8.9%)
8.8% - 13.1% (11.0%)
2.2% - 3.3% (2.7%)
FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC loans
$
75,998

Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Prepay rate - 3 month historical average
Cumulative loss rate
Loss severity
5.6% - 8.4% (7.0%)
6.4% - 9.6% (8.0%)
11.7% - 17.5% (14.6%)
80.0% - 120.0% (100.0%)
FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC loans
$
74,597

Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Prepay rate - 3 month historical average
Cumulative loss rate
Loss severity
7.2% - 10.8% (9.0%)
8.0% - 12.0% (10.0%)
40.0% - 60.1% (50.1%)
80.0% - 120.0% (100.0%)
Mortgage servicing rights
$
320,231

Discounted cash flows
Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan
7.6% - 11.3% (9.4%)
7.5% - 10.9% (9.3%)
59.0% - 88.5% (73.8%)
Rate lock commitments
$
21,276

Consensus pricing
Origination pull-through rate
65.7% - 98.5% (82.1%)
  Liabilities
 
 
 
 
FSTAR 2005-1 Long-term debt
$
(53,354
)
Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Prepay rate - 3 month historical average
Cumulative loss rate
Loss severity
5.6% - 8.4% (7.0%)
6.4% - 9.6% (8.0%)
11.7% - 17.5% (14.6%)
80.0% - 120.0% (100.0%)
FSTAR 2006-2 Long-term debt
$
(48,356
)
Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Prepay rate - 3 month historical average
Cumulative loss rate
Loss severity
7.2% - 10.8% (9.0%)
8.0% - 12.0% (10.0%)
40.0% - 60.1% (50.1%)
80.0% - 120.0% (100.0%)
Litigation settlement
$
(94,000
)
Discounted cash flows
Asset growth rate
MSR growth rate
Return on assets (ROA) improvement
Peer group ROA
4.4% - 6.6% (5.5%)
0.9% - 1.4% (1.2%)
0.02% - 0.04% (0.03%)
0.5% - 0.8% (0.7%)

19

Table of Contents

 
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Unobservable Input
Range (Weighted Average)
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
  Assets
 
Second mortgage loans
$
64,685

Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Prepay rate - 12 month historical average
CDR rate - 12 month historical average
7.1% - 10.7% (8.9%)
10.5% - 15.7% (13.1%)
2.2% - 3.2% (2.7%)
FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC loans
$
78,009

Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Prepay rate - 3 month historical average
Cumulative loss rate
Loss severity
5.6% - 8.4% (7.0%)
12.8% - 19.2% (16.0%)
11.6% - 17.4% (14.5%)
80.0% - 120.0% (100.0%)
FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC loans
$
77,003

Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Prepay rate - 3 month historical average
Cumulative loss rate
Loss severity
7.2% - 10.8% (9.0%)
9.6% - 14.4% (12.0%)
39.9% - 59.8% (49.9%) 80.0% - 120.0% (100.0%)
Mortgage servicing rights
$
284,678

Discounted cash flows
Origination adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan
5.9% - 8.9% (7.7%)
9.7% - 14.0% (11.9%)
59.1% - 88.6% (73.8%)
Rate lock commitments
$
10,329

Consensus pricing
Origination pull-through rate
65.9% - 98.8% (82.3%)
  Liabilities
 
 
 
 
FSTAR 2005-1 Long-term debt
$
(55,172
)
Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Prepay rate - 3 month historical average
Cumulative loss rate
Loss severity
5.6% - 8.4% (7.0%)
12.8% - 19.2% (16.0%)
11.6% - 17.4% (14.5%)
80.0% - 120.0% (100.0%)
FSTAR 2006-2 Long-term debt
$
(50,641
)
Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Prepay rate - 3 month historical average
Cumulative loss rate
Loss severity
7.2% - 10.8% (9.0%)
9.6% - 14.4% (12.0%)
39.9% - 59.9% (49.9%) 80.0% - 120.0% (100.0%)
Litigation settlement
$
(93,000
)
Discounted cash flows
Asset growth rate
MSR growth rate
Return on assets (ROA) improvement
Peer group ROA
4.4% - 6.6% (5.5%)
0.9% - 1.4% (1.2%)
0.02% - 0.04% (0.03%)
0.5% - 0.8% (0.7%)

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the second mortgage loans associated with the FSTAR 2006-1 mortgage securitization trust are discount rates, prepayment rates and default rates. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Increases in both prepay rates and default rates in isolation result in a higher fair value; however, generally a change in the assumption used for the probability of default is accompanied by a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates, which would offset a portion of the fair value change.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the HELOC loans and long-term debt associated with the FSTAR 2005-1 and FSTAR 2006-2 securitization trusts are discount rates, prepayment rates, loss rates and loss severity. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Increases (decreases) in prepay rates in isolation would result in a higher (lower) fair value measurement while increases (decreases) in loss rates in isolation would result in a lower (higher) fair value. Significant increases (decreases) in the loss severity rate in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the MSRs are option adjusted spreads, prepayment rates, and cost to service. Significant increases (decreases) in all the assumptions in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the rate lock commitments is the pull through rate. The pull through rate is a statistical analysis of the Company's actual rate lock fallout history to determine the sensitivity of the residential mortgage loan pipeline compared to interest rate changes and other deterministic values. New market prices are applied based on updated loan characteristics and new fall out ratios (i.e., the inverse of the pull through rate) are applied accordingly. Significant increases (decreases) in the pull through rate in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. Generally, a change in the assumption utilized for the probability of default is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption utilized for the loss severity and a directionally opposite change in assumption utilized for prepayment rates.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the DOJ litigation settlement are future balance sheet and growth rate assumptions for overall asset growth, MSR growth, peer group return on assets and return on

20

Table of Contents

assets improvement. The current assumptions are based on management's approved, strategic performance targets beyond the current strategic modeling horizon (2014). The Bank's target asset growth rate post 2014 is based off of growth in the balance sheet. Significant increases (decreases) in the bank's growth rate in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the bank's MSR growth rate in isolation would result in a marginally lower (higher) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the peer group's return on assets improvement in isolation would result in a marginally higher (lower) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the bank's return on assets improvement in isolation would result in a marginally higher (lower) fair value measurement.

The Company also has assets that under certain conditions are subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are measured at the lower of cost or fair value and had a fair value below cost at the end of the period as summarized below.
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis
 
 
Level 3
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2014
 
 
Impaired loans held-for-investment (1)
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans
 
$
50,585

Commercial real estate loans
 
1,500

Repossessed assets (2)
 
31,076

Totals
 
$
83,161

December 31, 2013
 
 
Impaired loans held-for-investment (1)
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans
 
$
68,252

Commercial real estate loans
 
1,500

Repossessed assets (2)
 
36,636

Totals 
 
$
106,388

 
(1)
The Company recorded $9.9 million and $37.5 million in fair value losses on impaired loans (included in provision for loan losses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations) during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(2)
The Company recorded $0.5 million and $0.8 million in losses related to write-downs of repossessed assets based on the estimated fair value of the specific assets, and recognized net gains of $0.8 million and $4.4 million on sales of repossessed assets (both write-downs and net gains/losses are included in asset resolution expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations) during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The following tables present the quantitative information about non-recurring Level 3 fair value financial instruments and the fair value measurements as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
 
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Unobservable Input
Range (Weighted Average)
March 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Impaired loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
     Residential first mortgage loans
$
50,585

Fair value of collateral
Loss severity discount
0% - 100% (46.2%)
     Commercial real estate loans
$
1,500

Fair value of collateral
Loss severity discount
0% - 100% (39.6%)
Repossessed assets
$
31,076

Fair value of collateral
Loss severity discount
0% - 100% (44.9%)
 
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Unobservable Input
Range (Weighted Average)
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Impaired loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
     Residential first mortgage loans
$
68,252

Fair value of collateral
Loss severity discount
0% - 100% (44.9%)
     Commercial real estate loans
$
1,500

Fair value of collateral
Loss severity discount
0% - 100% (39.6%)
Repossessed assets
$
36,636

Fair value of collateral
Loss severity discount
0% - 100% (45.3%)
    

21

Table of Contents

The Company has certain impaired residential first mortgage and commercial real estate loans that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan. Appraisals or other third party price opinions are generally obtained to support the fair value of the collateral and incorporate measures such as recent sales prices for comparable properties. In cases where the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell, an impairment charge is recognized.

Repossessed assets are measured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses based upon the fair value of the repossessed asset. The fair value of repossessed assets, upon initial recognition, are estimated using Level 3 inputs based on customized discounting criteria. The significant unobservable inputs used in the Level 3 fair value measurements of the Company's impaired loans and repossessed assets included in the table above primarily relate to internal valuations or analysis.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The accounting guidance for financial instruments requires disclosures of the estimated fair value of certain financial instruments and the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate their fair values. Certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments are excluded from the scope of this guidance. Accordingly, the fair value disclosures required by this guidance are only indicative of the value of individual financial instruments as of the dates indicated and should not be considered an indication of the fair value of the Company.


22

Table of Contents

The following table presents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of certain financial instruments that are carried either at fair value or cost. 
 
March 31, 2014
 
 
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
Carrying
Value
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Financial Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
56,968

 
$
56,968

 
$
56,968

 
$

 
$

Investment securities available-for-sale
1,207,430

 
1,207,430

 
1,195,066

 
12,364

 

Loans held-for-sale
1,673,763

 
1,676,432

 

 
1,676,432

 

Loans repurchased with government guarantees
1,266,702

 
1,229,970

 

 
1,229,970

 

Loans held-for-investment, net
3,712,871

 
3,616,402

 

 
21,719

 
3,594,683

Repossessed assets
31,076

 
31,076

 

 

 
31,076

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
209,737

 
209,737

 
209,737

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights
320,231

 
320,231

 

 

 
320,231

Customer initiated derivative interest rate swaps
2,386

 
2,386

 

 
2,386

 

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits and savings accounts
(4,027,068
)
 
(3,883,336
)
 

 
(3,883,336
)
 

Certificates of deposit
(959,241
)
 
(966,493
)
 

 
(966,493
)
 

Government deposits
(731,192
)
 
(724,124
)
 

 
(724,124
)
 

Wholesale deposits
(275
)
 
(235
)
 

 
(235
)
 

Company controlled deposits
(592,525
)
 
(586,501
)
 

 
(586,501
)
 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
(1,125,000
)
 
(1,124,931
)
 
(1,124,931
)
 

 

Long-term debt
(349,145
)
 
(195,188
)
 

 
(93,478
)
 
(101,710
)
Warrant liabilities
(11,577
)
 
(11,577
)
 

 
(11,577
)
 

Litigation settlement
(94,000
)
 
(94,000
)
 

 

 
(94,000
)
Customer initiated derivative interest rate swaps
(2,386
)
 
(2,386
)
 

 
(2,386
)
 

Derivative Financial Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward agency and loan sales
3,298

 
3,298

 

 
3,298

 

Rate lock commitments
21,276

 
21,276

 

 

 
21,276

U.S. Treasury and agency futures/forwards
2,398

 
2,398

 
2,398

 

 



23

Table of Contents

 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
Carrying
Value
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Financial Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
280,505

 
$
280,505

 
$
280,505

 
$

 
$

Investment securities available-for-sale
1,045,548

 
1,045,548

 
1,028,248

 
17,300

 

Loans held-for-sale
1,480,418

 
1,469,820

 

 
1,469,820

 

Loans repurchased with government guarantees
1,273,690

 
1,212,799

 

 
1,212,799

 

Loans held-for-investment, net
3,848,756

 
3,653,292

 

 
18,625

 
3,634,667

Repossessed assets
36,636

 
36,636

 

 

 
36,636

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
209,737

 
209,737

 
209,737

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights
284,678

 
284,678

 

 

 
284,678

Customer initiated derivative interest rate swaps
1,797

 
1,797

 

 
1,797

 

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits and savings accounts
(3,919,937
)
 
(3,778,890
)
 

 
(3,778,890
)
 

Certificates of deposit
(1,026,129
)
 
(1,034,599
)
 

 
(1,034,599
)
 

Government accounts
(602,398
)
 
(596,778
)
 

 
(596,778
)
 

Wholesale deposits
(8,717
)
 
(8,716
)
 

 
(8,716
)
 

Company controlled deposits
(583,145
)
 
(577,662
)
 

 
(577,662
)
 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
(988,000
)
 
(988,102
)
 
(988,102
)
 

 

Long-term debt
(353,248
)
 
(202,887
)
 

 
(97,074
)
 
(105,813
)
Warrant liabilities
(10,802
)
 
(10,802
)
 

 
(10,802
)
 

Litigation settlement
(93,000
)
 
(93,000
)
 

 

 
(93,000
)
Customer initiated derivative interest rate swaps
(1,797
)
 
(1,797
)
 

 
(1,797
)
 

Derivative Financial Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward agency and loan sales
19,847

 
19,847

 

 
19,847

 

Rate lock commitments
10,329

 
10,329

 

 

 
10,329

U.S. Treasury and agency futures/forwards
(444
)
 
(444
)
 
(444
)
 

 


The methods and assumptions used by the Company in estimating fair value of financial instruments that were not previously disclosed, are as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.

Loans repurchased with government guarantees. The fair value of loans is estimated by using internally developed discounted cash flow models using market interest rate inputs as well as management’s best estimate of spreads for similar collateral.

Loans held-for-investment. The fair value of loans is estimated by using internally developed discounted cash flow models using market interest rate inputs as well as management’s best estimate of spreads for similar collateral.

Federal Home Loan Bank stock. No secondary market exists for Federal Home Loan Bank stock. The stock is bought and sold at par by the Federal Home Loan Bank. Management believes that the recorded value is the fair value.


24

Table of Contents

Deposit accounts. The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts approximates the carrying amount. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for certificates of deposit with similar remaining maturities.

Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value of the existing debt.

Long-term debt. The fair value of the long-term debt is estimated based on a discounted cash flow model that incorporates the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Fair Value Option

The Company elected to measure at fair value certain financial assets and financial liabilities. The Company elected fair value option for the following items to mitigate a divergence between accounting losses and economic exposure.

The Company elected the fair value option for held-for-sale loans, originated post 2009, and the litigation settlement liability to better reflect the management of these financial instruments on a fair value basis. Loan held-for-investment include loans that were originated as loans held-for-sale and later transferred to loans held-for-investment at fair value. Interest income on loans held-for-sale is accrued on the principal outstanding primarily using the "simple-interest" method. Interest expense on the litigation settlement will be included in the overall change in fair value of the liability each quarter. Direct loan origination cost and fees on loans held-for-sale are recognized in income at origination.

As of June 30, 2013, the Company dissolved the FSTAR 2006-1 mortgage securitization trust and transferred the second mortgage loans, underlying the collapsed FSTAR 2006-1 mortgage securitization which were carried at fair value in available-for-sale investment securities. The change in fair value relating to the loans is recorded in other noninterest income.

As of June 30, 2013, the Company elected the fair value option for the assets and liabilities of reconsolidated VIEs related to the HELOC securitization trusts. This option is generally elected for newly consolidated VIEs for which predominantly all of the Company's interests, prior to consolidation, are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded to earnings. The change in fair value relating to the assets and liabilities of these transactions is recorded in other noninterest income. Accordingly, such an election allows the Company to continue fair value accounting through earnings for those interests and eliminate income statement mismatch otherwise caused by differences in the measurement basis of the consolidated VIEs assets and liabilities.

The Company elected the fair value option to account for the liability representing the obligation to make Additional Payments under the DOJ Agreement. The signed DOJ Agreement establishes a legally enforceable contract with a stipulated payment plan that meets the definition of a financial liability. The Company made the fair value election as of December 31, 2011, the date the Company first recognized the financial instrument in its financial statements.

The following table reflects the change in fair value included in earnings (and the account recorded in) for the assets and liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected.
 
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
Assets
(Dollars in thousands)
Loans held-for-sale
 
 
 
 
Net gain on loan sales
$
63,001

 
$
87,643

Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
Interest income on loans
$

 
$
(779
)
 
Other noninterest income
(4,269
)
 

Liabilities
 
 
 
Long-term debt
 
 
 
 
Other noninterest income
$
4,107

 
$

Litigation settlement
 
 
 
 
Legal and professional expense
$
(1,000
)
 
$



25

Table of Contents

The following table reflects the difference between the aggregate fair value and aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 for assets and liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected.
 
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 


Unpaid Principal Balance
Fair Value
Fair Value Over / (Under) Unpaid Principal Balance
Unpaid Principal Balance
Fair Value
Fair Value Over / (Under) Unpaid Principal Balance
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$

$

$

 
$

$

$

    Loans held-for-investment
9,769

3,748

(6,021
)
 
10,764

4,014

(6,750
)
Total non-accrual loans
$
9,769

$
3,748

(6,021
)
 
$
10,764

$
4,014

$
(6,750
)
    Other performing loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Loans held-for-sale
$
1,321,719

$
1,372,978

$
51,259

 
$
1,109,517

$
1,140,507

$
30,990

    Loans held-for-investment
252,840

230,106

(22,734
)
 
257,665

234,308

(23,357
)
Total other performing loans
$
1,574,559

$
1,603,084

$
28,525

 
$
1,367,182

$
1,374,815

$
7,633

    Total loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Loans held-for-sale
$
1,321,719

$
1,372,978

$
51,259

 
$
1,109,517

$
1,140,507

$
30,990

    Loans held-for-investment
262,609

233,854

(28,755
)
 
268,429

238,322

(30,107
)
Total loans
$
1,584,328

$
1,606,832

$
22,504

 
$
1,377,946

$
1,378,829

$
883

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Long-term debt
$
(111,077
)
$
(101,710
)
$
(9,367
)
 
$
(116,504
)
$
(105,813
)
$
(10,691
)
      Litigation settlement
N/A (1)
(94,000
)
N/A (1)
 
N/A (1)
(93,000
)
N/A (1)
(1)
Remaining principal outstanding is not applicable to the litigation settlement because it does not obligate the Company to return a stated amount of principal at maturity, but instead return an amount based upon performance on the underlying terms in the Agreement.

Note 4 – Investment Securities

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, investment securities were comprised of the following.
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government sponsored agencies
 
$
1,198,397

 
$
2,790

 
$
(6,121
)
 
$
1,195,066

Municipal obligations
 
12,364

 

 

 
12,364

Total available-for-sale securities
 
$
1,210,761

 
$
2,790

 
$
(6,121
)
 
$
1,207,430

December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government sponsored agencies
 
$
1,037,289

 
$
1,546

 
$
(10,587
)
 
$
1,028,248

Municipal obligations
 
17,300

 

 

 
17,300

Total available-for-sale securities
 
$
1,054,589

 
$
1,546

 
$
(10,587
)
 
$
1,045,548


Available-for-sale securities

Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of other comprehensive loss to the extent they are temporary in nature. Credit related declines in the securities are classified as other-than-temporary impairments ("OTTI") and are reported as a separate component of noninterest income within the Consolidated Statement of Operations. OTTI is considered to have occurred if (1) if the Company intends to sell the security; (2) if it is more

26

Table of Contents

likely than not the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover all contractually required principal and interest payments.

The Company purchased $206.9 million and zero U.S. government sponsored agencies during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. There were no municipal obligations purchased during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company has pledged available-for-sale securities, primarily U.S. government sponsored agencies, to collateralize lines of credit and/or borrowings with Fannie Mae. At March 31, 2014, the Company pledged $4.1 million of available-for-sale securities, compared to $7.8 million at December 31, 2013.

The following table summarizes by duration the unrealized loss positions on investment securities available-for-sale. 
 
Unrealized Loss Position with
Duration 12 Months and Over
 
Unrealized Loss Position with
Duration Under 12 Months
  
Fair Value
 
Number of
Securities
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Number of
Securities
 
Unrealized
Loss
Type of Security
(Dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government sponsored agencies
$

 

 
$

 
$
828,973

 
66

 
$
(6,121
)
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government sponsored agencies
$

 

 
$

 
$
825,308

 
63

 
$
(10,587
)
    
The credit losses in the portfolio reflect the economic conditions present in the United States over the course of the last several years and the forecasted effect of changes in such conditions, including changes in the forecast level of home prices. The continued decline in the delinquency rates of the mortgages in the underlying securitization suggest a stabilization of expected future defaults and reflect the recent improvements in the housing market.

At March 31, 2014, the Company had no OTTI due to credit losses. At March 31, 2013, the cumulative amount of OTTI due to credit losses totaled $2.8 million on one mortgage securitization.
 
Gains (losses) on sales for available-for-sale securities are reported in net gain on securities available-for-sale in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, there were $18.7 million sales of U.S. government sponsored agencies, resulting in a gain of $0.2 million, compared to no sales of U.S. government sponsored agencies during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Note 5 – Loans Held-for-Sale

At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, loans held-for-sale totaled $1.7 billion and $1.5 billion, which includes residential first mortgage loans. The increase in the balance of loans held-for-sale was primarily due to loan originations exceeding loan sales during the three months ended March 31, 2014.
 
 
 
 
At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $1.4 billion and $1.1 billion of loans held-for-sale were recorded at fair value, respectively, under the fair value option. Such loans will be reported at fair value with any adjustments in fair value recorded through the income statement. The Company estimates the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans for which quoted market prices were available. The fair values of loans were estimated by discounting estimated cash flows using management’s best estimate of market interest rates for similar collateral.

At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $300.9 million and $340.0 million of loans held-for-sale were recorded at lower of cost or fair value based on a decision to sell the loans. Certain loans were transferred into the held-for-sale portfolio from the held-for-investment portfolio. After the transfer, any amount by which cost exceeded fair value was recorded as a valuation allowance.


27

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the activity related to residential first mortgage loans held-for-sale.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
1,480,418

 
$
3,939,720

Net loan originations
4,741,872

 
12,682,793

Net loans sold, servicing retained
(4,554,735
)
 
(13,129,712
)
Net loans sold, servicing released
(23,045
)
 
(111,777
)
Other loan sales
(303,495
)
 
(859,025
)
Loan amortization and prepayments
56,335

 
216,885

Loans transferred from (to) other loan portfolios
276,413

 
(61,645
)
Balance at end of period
$
1,673,763

 
$
2,677,239


The Company has pledged certain loans held-for-sale to collateralize lines of credit and/or borrowings with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company pledged $1.4 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, of loans held-for-sale.

Note 6 – Loans Repurchased with Government Guarantees
    
Pursuant to Ginnie Mae servicing guidelines, the Company has the unilateral option to repurchase certain delinquent loans (loans past due 90 days or more) securitized in Ginnie Mae pools, if the loans meet defined delinquent loan criteria. As a result of this unilateral option, once the delinquency criteria have been met, and regardless of whether the repurchase option has been exercised, the Company must treat the loans as having been repurchased and recognize the loans as loans held-for-sale on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and also recognize a corresponding liability for a similar amount recorded in other liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. If the loans are actually repurchased, the Company transfers the loans to loans repurchased with government guarantees and eliminates the corresponding liability. At March 31, 2014, the amount of such loans actually repurchased totaled $1.3 billion and were classified as loans repurchased with government guarantees, and those loans which the Company had not yet repurchased but had the unilateral right to repurchase totaled $15.8 million and were classified as loans held-for-sale. At December 31, 2013, the amount of such loans actually repurchased totaled $1.3 billion and were classified as loans repurchased with government guarantees, and those loans which the Company had not yet repurchased but had the unilateral right to repurchase totaled $20.8 million and were classified as loans held-for-sale.

Substantially all of these loans continue to be insured or guaranteed by the FHA, and the Company's management believes that the reimbursement process is proceeding appropriately. These repurchased loans earn interest at a statutory rate, which varies and is based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate at the time the underlying loan becomes delinquent.

The Company has pledged certain loans repurchased with government guarantees to collateralize lines of credit and/or borrowings with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company pledged $812.1 million and $787.1 million, respectively, of loans repurchased with government guarantees.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company participated in a HUD-coordinated market auction, which resulted in the conveyance in an accelerated fashion of $131.9 million unpaid principal balance (net of write downs) of loans to HUD.


28

Table of Contents

Note 7 – Loans Held-for-Investment

Loans held-for-investment are summarized as follows.
 
March 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Consumer loans
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
2,348,691

 
$
2,508,968

Second mortgage
164,627

 
169,525

Warehouse lending
408,874

 
423,517

HELOC
273,454

 
289,880

Other
34,875

 
37,468

Total consumer loans
3,230,521

 
3,429,358

Commercial loans
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
512,994

 
408,870

Commercial and industrial
266,176

 
207,187

Commercial lease financing
10,180

 
10,341

Total commercial loans
789,350

 
626,398

Total loans held-for-investment
4,019,871

 
4,055,756

Less allowance for loan losses
(307,000
)
 
(207,000
)
Loans held-for-investment, net
$
3,712,871

 
$
3,848,756


At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the loans held-for-investment include $233.9 million and $238.3 million of loans accounted for under the fair value option. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company recorded a $21.1 million adjustment to the originally recorded fair value of performing repurchased residential first mortgage loans.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company transferred $4.6 million in loans held-for-sale to loans held-for-investment. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company transferred $62.8 million in loans held-for-sale to loans held-for-investment. The loans transferred were carried at fair value, and will continue to be reported at fair value while classified as held-for-investment.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we sold nonperforming and TDR residential first mortgage loans with a carrying value in the amount of $25.6 million.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, residential first mortgage jumbo loans with a carrying value in the amount of $254.1 million were transferred to loans available-for-sale and subsequently sold during the second quarter 2014.

The Company has pledged certain loans held-for-investment to collateralize lines of credit and/or borrowings with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company pledged $2.4 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively, of loans held-for-investment.

The Company’s commercial leasing activities consist primarily of equipment leases. Generally, lessees are responsible for all maintenance, taxes, and insurance on leased properties. The following table lists the components of the net investment in financing leases.
 
March 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Total minimum lease payment to be received
$
10,374

 
$
10,613

Estimated residual values of lease properties
530

 
503

Unearned income
(704
)
 
(755
)
Net deferred fees and other
(20
)
 
(20
)
Net investment in commercial financing leases
$
10,180

 
$
10,341


29

Table of Contents


The allowance for loan losses by class of loan is summarized in the following tables.
 
Residential
First
Mortgage
 
Second
Mortgage
 
Warehouse
Lending
 
HELOC
 
Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Commercial
and Industrial
 
Commercial Lease
Financing
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Three Months Ended March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance allowance for loan losses
$
161,142

 
$
12,141

 
$
1,392

 
$
7,893

 
$
2,412

 
$
18,540

 
$
3,332

 
$
148

 
$
207,000

Charge-offs
(10,863
)
 
(1,068
)
 

 
(2,689
)
 
(461
)
 

 

 

 
(15,081
)
Recoveries
1,116

 
84

 

 
49

 
320

 
1,115

 
29

 
47

 
2,760

Provision
104,896

 
2,298

 
73

 
6,340

 
(833
)
 
(1,524
)
 
1,116

 
(45
)
 
112,321

Ending balance allowance for loan losses
$
256,291

 
$
13,455

 
$
1,465

 
$
11,593

 
$
1,438

 
$
18,131

 
$
4,477

 
$
150

 
$
307,000

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance allowance for loan losses
$
219,230

 
$
20,201

 
$
899

 
$
18,348

 
$
2,040

 
$
41,310

 
$
2,878

 
$
94

 
$
305,000

Charge-offs
(25,692
)
 
(1,955
)
 

 
(2,061
)
 
(699
)
 
(13,162
)
 

 

 
(43,569
)
Recoveries
5,353

 
390

 

 
105

 
454

 
1,843

 
9

 

 
8,154

Provision
15,185

 
2,047

 
(367
)
 
1,726

 
420

 
2,729

 
(1,315
)
 
(10
)
 
20,415

Ending balance allowance for loan losses
$
214,076

 
$
20,683


$
532


$
18,118


$
2,215


$
32,720


$
1,572


$
84


$
290,000

 
Residential
First
Mortgage
 
Second
Mortgage
 
Warehouse
Lending
 
HELOC
 
Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Commercial
and  Industrial
 
Commercial
Lease
Financing
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated
$
396,038

 
$
26,107

 
$

 
$
262

 
$

 
$
2,212

 
$

 
$

 
$
424,619

Collectively evaluated (1)
1,930,934

 
76,980

 
408,874

 
122,597

 
34,875

 
510,782

 
266,176

 
10,180

 
3,361,398

Total loans
$
2,326,972

 
$
103,087


$
408,874


$
122,859


$
34,875


$
512,994


$
266,176


$
10,180


$
3,786,017

Allowance for loan losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated
$
81,209

 
$
4,625

 
$

 
$
262

 
$

 
$
102

 
$

 
$

 
$
86,198

Collectively evaluated (1)
175,082

 
8,830

 
1,465

 
11,331

 
1,438

 
18,029

 
4,477

 
150

 
220,802

Total allowance for loan losses
$
256,291

 
$
13,455


$
1,465


$
11,593


$
1,438


$
18,131


$
4,477


$
150


$
307,000

December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated
$
419,703

 
$
24,356

 
$

 
$
406

 
$

 
$
1,956

 
$

 
$

 
$
446,421

Collectively evaluated (1)
2,070,640

 
80,484

 
423,517

 
134,462

 
37,468

 
406,914

 
207,187

 
10,341

 
3,371,013

Total loans
$
2,490,343

 
$
104,840

 
$
423,517

 
$
134,868

 
$
37,468

 
$
408,870

 
$
207,187

 
$
10,341

 
$
3,817,434

Allowance for loan losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated
$
81,765

 
$
4,566

 
$

 
$
405

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
86,736

Collectively evaluated (1)
79,377

 
7,575

 
1,392

 
7,488

 
2,412

 
18,540

 
3,332

 
148

 
120,264

Total allowance for loan losses
$
161,142

 
$
12,141

 
$
1,392

 
$
7,893

 
$
2,412

 
$
18,540

 
$
3,332

 
$
148

 
$
207,000

 
(1)
Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.

The allowance for loan losses for consumer loans, other than those that have been identified for individual evaluation for impairment, is determined on a loan pool basis utilizing forecasted losses that represent management’s best estimate of inherent loss. Loans are pooled by loan types with similar risk characteristics. The Company utilizes a historical loss model for each pool. Management evaluates the results of the allowance for loan losses model and makes qualitative adjustments to the results of the model when it is determined that model results do not reflect all losses inherent in the loan portfolios due to changes in recent economic trends and conditions, or other relevant factors.
During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $112.3 million. The increase in the provision for loan losses as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, was primarily driven by two changes in estimates: the evaluation of current data related to the loss emergence period and the evaluation of the risk associated with payment resets relating to the interest-only loans.
The loss emergence period is an assumption within our model and represents the average amount of time between when the loss event first occurs and when the specific loan is charged-off. The time period starts when the borrower first begins to experience financial difficulty (generally, the initial occurrence of a 30 day delinquency) and continues until the actual loss becomes visible to the Company (generally, upon charge-off). The Company analyzed its recent data including early stage delinquency, the increase in charge-offs during the three months ended March 31, 2014, continued emergence of non-

30

Table of Contents

performing loans and its assessment of the time from first delinquency to charge-off. As a result, the Company qualitatively determined that the estimate of the average loss emergence period has lengthened. This change resulted in an increase to the allowance for loan losses that reflects the updated estimate of probable losses inherent in the portfolio.
In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2014, certain loans in our interest-only residential first mortgage and HELOC loan portfolios began to reset. At the point of reset, the borrower’s monthly payment increases upon inclusion of repayments of principal and may increase as a result of changes in interest rates. The payment reset increases could give rise to a "payment shock" i.e. a sudden and significant increase in the borrower’s monthly payment. For instance, as of March 31, 2014 the Company estimated an average payment shock for borrowers with resets in 2014 of approximately 70 percent (i.e. their total monthly payments increase by 70 percent). The extent of the payment shock may increase the likelihood that a borrower could default.
The allowance for loan losses considers the probable loss inherent in the loan portfolio both before and after the payment reset date. Prior to December 31, 2013, the Company had experienced an insignificant volume of resets. The first significant volume of resets occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and in the first half of April 2014. Data the Company reviewed from those periods, as well as data the Company reviewed for the 15 months ended March 31, 2014, indicated that delinquency was greater than estimated at December 31, 2013. Additionally, loans that have recently reset or are expected to reset in the near future are refinancing at levels below what was previously estimated, which the Company believes may indicate an increase in future delinquency and charge-off. Based on its review of these initial indicators, the Company increased the allowance for loan losses based on its qualitative analysis of the recent data. The portion of the allowance for loan losses related to certain interest-only included in residential first mortgage and HELOC loan portfolios increased primarily due to the estimates of the average loss emergence period and reset risk to approximately $112.8 million at March 31, 2014 from $52.3 million at December 31, 2013.

31

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the loans held-for-investment aging analysis as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, of past due and current loans.
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
90 Days or
Greater Past
Due
 
Total
Past Due
 
Current
 
Total
Investment
Loans
 
(Dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
44,141

 
$
14,409

 
$
101,346

 
$
159,896

 
$
2,188,795

 
$
2,348,691

Second mortgage
1,128

 
378

 
2,805

 
4,311

 
160,316

 
164,627

Warehouse lending

 

 

 

 
408,874

 
408,874

HELOC
3,722

 
576

 
4,668

 
8,966

 
264,488

 
273,454

Other
310

 
134

 
164

 
608

 
34,267

 
34,875

Total consumer loans
49,301

 
15,497

 
108,983

 
173,781

 
3,056,740

 
3,230,521

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
2,130

 

 
1,766

 
3,896

 
509,098

 
512,994

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

 
266,176

 
266,176

Commercial lease financing

 

 

 

 
10,180

 
10,180

Total commercial loans
2,130

 

 
1,766

 
3,896

 
785,454

 
789,350

Total loans (1)
$
51,431

 
$
15,497

 
$
110,749

 
$
177,677

 
$
3,842,194

 
$
4,019,871

December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
36,526

 
$
19,096

 
$
134,340

 
$
189,962

 
$
2,319,006

 
$
2,508,968

Second mortgage
1,997

 
271

 
2,820

 
5,088

 
164,437

 
169,525

Warehouse lending

 

 

 

 
423,517

 
423,517

HELOC
2,197

 
1,238

 
6,826

 
10,261

 
279,619

 
289,880

Other
293

 
127

 
199

 
619

 
36,849

 
37,468

Total consumer loans
41,013

 
20,732

 
144,185

 
205,930

 
3,223,428

 
3,429,358

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate

 

 
1,500

 
1,500

 
407,370

 
408,870

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

 
207,187

 
207,187

Commercial lease financing

 

 

 

 
10,341

 
10,341

Total commercial loans

 

 
1,500

 
1,500

 
624,898

 
626,398

Total loans (1)
$
41,013

 
$
20,732

 
$
145,685

 
$
207,430

 
$
3,848,326

 
$
4,055,756

(1)
Includes $3.7 million and $4.0 million of loans 90 days or greater past due accounted for under the fair value option at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Loans on which interest accruals have been discontinued totaled approximately $117.6 million and $146.5 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, and $369.7 million at March 31, 2013. Interest income is recognized on impaired loans using a cost recovery method unless amounts contractually due are not in doubt. Interest that would have been accrued on impaired loans totaled approximately $1.8 million and $4.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had no loans 90 days past due and still accruing.

Troubled Debt Restructuring
    
The Company may modify certain loans in both consumer and commercial loan portfolios to retain customers or to maximize collection of the outstanding loan balance. The Company has maintained several programs designed to assist borrowers by extending payment dates or reducing the borrower's contractual payments. All loan modifications are made on a case-by-case basis. The Company's standards relating to loan modifications consider, among other factors, minimum verified income requirements, cash flow analysis, and collateral valuations. All loan modifications, including those classified as TDRs, are reviewed and approved. Loan modification programs for borrowers have resulted in a significant increase in restructured

32

Table of Contents

loans. TDRs result in those instances in which a borrower demonstrates financial difficulty and for which a concession has been granted, which includes reductions of interest rate, extensions of amortization period, principal and/or interest forgiveness and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. These loans are classified as TDRs and are included in non-accrual loans if the loan was nonperforming prior to the restructuring. These loans will continue on non-accrual status until the borrower has established a willingness and ability to make the restructured payments for at least six months, after which they will begin to accrue interest.

The following table provides a summary of TDRs outstanding by type and performing status. 
 
TDRs
 
Performing
 
Nonperforming
 
Total
March 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Consumer loans (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
322,037

 
$
22,470

 
$
344,507

Second mortgage
32,197

 
1,484

 
33,681

HELOC
20,043

 
2,408

 
22,451

Total consumer loans
374,277

 
26,362

 
400,639

Commercial loans (2)
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
446

 

 
446

Total TDRs (3)
$
374,723

 
$
26,362

 
$
401,085

 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
332,285

 
$
42,633

 
$
374,918

Second mortgage
30,352

 
1,631

 
31,983

Other consumer
19,892

 
2,445

 
22,337

Total consumer loans
382,529

 
46,709

 
429,238

Commercial loans (2)
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
456

 

 
456

Total TDRs (3)
$
382,985

 
$
46,709

 
$
429,694

(1)
The allowance for loan losses on consumer TDR loans totaled $84.7 million and $82.3 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
(2)
The allowance for loan losses on commercial TDR loans was zero at both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
(3)
Includes $31.5 million and $8.9 million of TDR loans accounted for under the fair value option at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
    
TDRs returned to performing, or accrual, status totaled $2.2 million and $17.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are excluded from nonperforming loans. TDRs that have demonstrated a period of at least six months of consecutive performance under the modified terms, are returned to performing (i.e., accrual) status and are excluded from nonperforming loans. Although these TDRs have returned to performing status, they will still continue to be classified as impaired until they are repaid in full, or foreclosed and sold, and included as such in the tables within "repossessed assets." Although many of the TDRs continue to be performing, the full collection of principal and interest on some TDRs may not occur. The resulting potential incremental losses are measured through impairment analysis on all TDRs and have been factored into our allowance for loan losses. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, remaining commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose terms have been modified in a commercial or consumer TDR were immaterial.
Some loan modifications classified as TDRs may not ultimately result in the full collection of principal and interest, as modified, but may give rise to potential incremental losses. Such losses are factored into the Company's allowance for loan losses estimate. Management evaluates loans for impairment both collectively and individually depending on the risk characteristics underlying the loan and the availability of data. The Company measures impairment using the discounted cash flow method for performing TDRs and measure impairment based on collateral values for re-defaulted TDRs.
    

33

Table of Contents

The following table presents the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 number of accounts, pre-modification unpaid principal balance (net of write downs), and post-modification unpaid principal balance (net of write downs) that were new modified TDRs during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013. In addition, the table presents the number of accounts and unpaid principal balance (net of write downs) of loans that have subsequently defaulted during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 that had been modified in a TDR during the 12 months preceding each period. All TDR classes within consumer and commercial loan portfolios are considered subsequently defaulted when greater than 90 days past due.
 
Number of Accounts
 
Pre-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Post-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 
Increase (Decrease) in Allowance at Modification
Three Months Ended March 31, 2014
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
    Residential first mortgages
25

 
$
7,044

 
$
6,671

 
$
632

    Second mortgages
94

 
3,002

 
2,883

 
(19
)
    HELOC (2)
9

 
414

 
320

 

           Total TDR loans
128

 
$
10,460


$
9,874

 
$
613

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TDRs that subsequently defaulted in previous 12 months (3)
Number of Accounts
 
 
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Increase in Allowance at Subsequent Default
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
    Residential first mortgages
1

 
 
 
$
169

 
$

    Second mortgages
3

 
 
 
5

 

    HELOC (2)
5

 
 
 
24

 

           Total TDR loans
9

 
 
 
$
198

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of Accounts
 
Pre-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Post-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 
Increase (Decrease) in Allowance at Modification
Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
    Residential first mortgages
156

 
$
46,144

 
$
39,677

 
$
331

    Second mortgages
120

 
3,928

 
3,752

 
176

    HELOC
3

 
45

 

 
(1
)
           Total TDR loans
279

 
$
50,117

 
$
43,429

 
$
506

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TDRs that subsequently defaulted in previous 12 months (3)
Number of Accounts
 
 
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Increase in Allowance at Subsequent Default
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
    Residential first mortgages
14

 
 
 
$
3,681

 
$
1,015

    Second mortgages
3

 
 
 
169

 
193

           Total TDR loans
17

 
 
 
$
3,850

 
$
1,208

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Post-modification balances include past due amounts that are capitalized at modification date.
(2)
HELOC post-modification unpaid principal balance reflects write downs.
(3)
Subsequent default is defined as a payment re-defaulted within 12 months of the restructuring date.

34

Table of Contents

The following table presents impaired loans with no related allowance and with an allowance recorded. 
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
 
(Dollars in thousands)
With no related allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans
$
54,290

 
$
83,132

 
$

 
$
78,421

 
$
130,520

 
$

Second mortgage

 
3,670

 

 
1

 
3,592

 

HELOC

 
1,289

 

 
1

 
1,544

 

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
1,946

 
6,418

 

 
1,956

 
6,427

 

 
$
56,236

 
$
94,509

 
$

 
$
80,379

 
$
142,083

 
$

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
341,748

 
$
360,244

 
$
81,209

 
$
341,283

 
$
345,293

 
$
81,764

Second mortgage
26,107

 
26,166

 
4,625

 
24,355

 
24,355

 
4,566

HELOC
262

 
459

 
262

 
405

 
405

 
405

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
266

 
266

 
102

 

 

 

 
$
368,383

 
$
387,135

 
$
86,198

 
$
366,043

 
$
370,053

 
$
86,735

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
396,038

 
$
443,376

 
$
81,209

 
$
419,704

 
$
475,813

 
$
81,764

Second mortgage
26,107

 
29,836

 
4,625

 
24,356

 
27,947

 
4,566

HELOC
262

 
1,748

 
262

 
406

 
1,949

 
405

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
2,212

 
6,684

 
102

 
1,956

 
6,427

 

Total impaired loans
$
424,619

 
$
481,644

 
$
86,198

 
$
446,422

 
$
512,136

 
$
86,735



35

Table of Contents

The following table presents average impaired loans and the interest income recognized. 
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
413,171

 
$
2,567

 
$
804,357

 
$
6,102

Second mortgage
25,159

 
223

 
18,920

 
281

HELOC
220

 
(46
)
 
881

 
40

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
2,040

 
7

 
80,709

 
280

Commercial and industrial

 

 
41

 

Total impaired loans
$
440,590

 
$
2,751

 
$
904,908

 
$
6,703


The Company utilizes an internal risk rating system which is applied to all commercial and commercial real estate credits. Management conducts periodic examinations which serve as an independent verification of the accuracy of the ratings assigned. Loan grades are based on different factors within the borrowing relationship: entity sales, debt service coverage, debt/total net worth, liquidity, balance sheet and income statement trends, management experience, business stability, financing structure of the deal and financial reporting requirements. The underlying collateral is also rated based on the specific type of collateral and corresponding LTV. The combination of the borrower and collateral risk ratings result in the final rating for the borrowing relationship. Descriptions of the Company's internal risk ratings as they relate to credit quality follow the ratings used by the U.S. bank regulatory agencies as listed below.

Pass. Pass assets are not impaired nor do they have any known deficiencies that could impact the quality of the asset.

Watch. Watch assets are defined as pass rated assets that exhibit elevated risk characteristics or other factors that deserve management’s close attention and increased monitoring. However, the asset does not exhibit a potential or well defined weakness that would warrant a downgrade to criticized or adverse classification.

Special mention. Assets identified as special mention possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving management's close attention. Special mention assets have a potential weakness or pose an unwarranted financial risk that, if not corrected, could weaken the assets and increase risk in the future. Special mention assets are criticized, but do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

Substandard. Assets identified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. For HELOC loans and other consumer loans, the Company evaluates credit quality based on the aging and status of payment activity and includes all nonperforming loans.

Doubtful. Assets identified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of a loss on a doubtful asset is high. However, due to important and reasonably specific pending factors, which may work to strengthen (or weaken) the asset, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status can be determined.  

Loss. An asset classified loss is considered uncollectible and of such little value that the continuance as bankable asset is not warranted. This classification does not mean that an asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but, rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future.



36

Table of Contents

Commercial Credit Exposure
March 31, 2014
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Commercial and
Industrial
 
Commercial Lease
Financing
 
Total
Commercial
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Grade
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
398,931

 
$
235,704

 
$
10,180

 
$
644,815

Watch
69,641

 
21,085

 

 
90,726

Special mention
4,523

 
8,877

 

 
13,400

Substandard
39,899

 
510

 

 
40,409

Total loans
$
512,994

 
$
266,176

 
$
10,180

 
$
789,350

Consumer Credit Exposure
March 31, 2014
 
Residential First
Mortgage
 
Second 
Mortgage
 
Warehouse
 
HELOC
 
Other  Consumer
 
Total
Consumer
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Grade
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
1,915,979

 
$
129,434

 
$
332,819

 
$
248,252

 
$
34,577

 
$
2,661,061

Watch
331,366

 
32,388

 
51,418

 
20,534

 
134

 
435,840

Special Mention

 

 
24,637

 

 

 
24,637

Substandard
101,346

 
2,805

 

 
4,668

 
164

 
108,983

Total loans
$
2,348,691

 
$
164,627

 
$
408,874

 
$
273,454

 
$
34,875

 
$
3,230,521

Commercial Credit Exposure
December 31, 2013
 
Commercial  Real
Estate
 
Commercial and
Industrial
 
Commercial Lease Financing
 
Total
Commercial
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Grade
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
296,983

 
$
192,013

 
$
10,341

 
$
499,337

Watch
26,041

 
5,534

 

 
31,575

Special mention
3,802

 
9,097

 

 
12,899

Substandard
82,044

 
543

 

 
82,587

Total loans
$
408,870

 
$
207,187

 
$
10,341

 
$
626,398

Consumer Credit Exposure
December 31, 2013
 
Residential First
Mortgage
 
Second 
Mortgage
 
Warehouse
 
HELOC
 
Other  Consumer
 
Total
Consumer
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Grade
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
2,031,536

 
$
136,224

 
$
243,017

 
$
262,138

 
$
37,142

 
$
2,710,057

Watch
343,092

 
30,482

 
157,500

 
20,916

 
127

 
552,117

Special mention

 

 
23,000

 

 

 
23,000

Substandard
134,340

 
2,819

 

 
6,826

 
199

 
144,184

Total loans
$
2,508,968

 
$
169,525

 
$
423,517

 
$
289,880

 
$
37,468

 
$
3,429,358


Note 8 – Private-Label Securitization and Variable Interest Entities

The Company previously participated in four private-label securitizations of financial assets involving two HELOC loan transactions and two second mortgage loan transactions. Three of the four private-label securitizations have been reconsolidated or dissolved as a result of settlement agreements. The Company has not engaged in any private-label securitization activity except for these four securitizations completed from 2005 to 2007.


37

Table of Contents

In December 2005, the Company completed the $600.0 million FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC securitization trust. As a result of this securitization, the Company recorded assets of $26.1 million in residual interests. The offered securities in the FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC securitization trust were insured by Assured. Due to the Assured Settlement Agreement, the Company reconsolidated the FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC securitization trust's assets and liabilities. The Company became the primary beneficiary of the FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC securitization trust, which is reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a VIE. The Company elected the fair value option for the assets and liabilities associated with the FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC securitization trust. At March 31, 2014, the Company has a fair value of HELOC loans of $76.0 million and long-term debt of $53.4 million recorded as a VIE associated with the FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC securitization trust.

In December 2006, the Company completed the $302.2 million FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC securitization trust. As a result of this securitization, the Company recorded assets of $11.2 million in residual interests. The offered securities in the 2006-2 HELOC securitization trust were insured by Assured. Due to the Assured Settlement Agreement, the Company reconsolidated the FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC securitization trust's assets and liabilities. The Company became the primary beneficiary of the FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC securitization trust, which is reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a VIE. The Company elected the fair value option for the assets and liabilities associated with the FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC securitization trust. At March 31, 2014, the Company has a fair value of HELOC loan of $74.6 million and long-term debt of $48.4 million recorded as a VIE associated with the FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC securitization trust.
    
In April 2006, the Company completed the $400.0 million FSTAR 2006-1 mortgage securitization trust involving fixed second mortgage loans that the Company held at the time in its investment securities portfolio. The offered securities in the FSTAR 2006-1 mortgage securitization trust were insured by MBIA. Due to the MBIA Settlement Agreement, the FSTAR 2006-1 mortgage securitization trust was collapsed and the Company transferred the loans associated with the FSTAR 2006-1 mortgage securitization trust. The Company elected the fair value option for the assets associated with the FSTAR 2006-1 mortgage securitization trust. At March 31, 2014, the Company recorded a fair value of $61.5 million of second mortgage loans associated with the FSTAR 2006-1 mortgage securitization trust.

In March 2007, the Company completed the $620.9 million FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust transaction involving closed-ended, fixed and adjustable rate second mortgage loans and recorded $22.6 million in residual interests and servicing assets. The financial assets were derecognized by the Company upon transfer to the FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust, which then issued and sold mortgage-backed securities to third party investors. The Company relinquished control over the loans at the time the financial assets were transferred to the FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust and the Company recognized a gain on the sale of the transferred assets. In June 2007, the Company completed a secondary closing for $98.2 million and recorded an additional $4.2 million in residual interests. The offered securities in the FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust were insured by MBIA. In accordance with the MBIA Settlement Agreement, MBIA will be required to satisfy all of its obligation under the FSTAR 2007-1 insurance policy and related FSTAR 2007-1 obligations without further recourse to the Company.
    
Consolidated VIEs
    
Consolidated VIEs at March 31, 2014 consisted of the HELOC securitization trusts formed in 2005 and 2006. The Company has determined the trusts are VIEs and has concluded that the Company is the primary beneficiary of these trusts because it has the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly affect the entity's economic performance and has either the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The change in the consolidated VIE was a result of the Assured Settlement Agreement as of June 30, 2013. Under the terms of the Assured Settlement Agreement, Assured terminated its pending lawsuit against the Company and will not pursue any related claims at any time in the future. In exchange, the Company paid Assured $105.0 million and assumed responsibility for future claims associated with the two HELOC securitization trusts, including the right to receive from Assured all future reimbursements for claims paid to which Assured would have been entitled. Upon effecting the settlement, the Company reversed the transferor's interest, as this interest would represent an equity interest in the trust which would be reversed upon consolidation of the trusts.

The beneficial owners of the trusts can look only to the assets of the HELOC securitization trusts for satisfaction of the debt issued by the HELOC securitization trusts and have no recourse against the assets of the Company.
 

38

Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of the classifications of consolidated VIE assets and liabilities included in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
2005-1
 
2006-2
 
Total
March 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
HELOC Securitizations
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
     Cash and cash items
$
1,761

 
$

 
$
1,761

     Loans held-for-investment
75,998

 
74,597

 
150,595

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
     Long-term debt
$
53,354

 
$
48,356

 
$
101,710

     Other liabilities
136

 

 
136

 
2005-1
 
2006-2
 
Total
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
HELOC Securitizations
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
     Cash and cash items
$
1,129

 
$

 
$
1,129

     Loans held-for-investment
78,009

 
77,003

 
155,012

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
     Long-term debt
$
55,172

 
$
50,641

 
$
105,813

     Other liabilities
136

 

 
136


The economic performance of the VIEs is most significantly impacted by the performance of the underlying loans. The principal risks to which the entities were exposed include credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk was managed through credit enhancement in the form of reserve accounts, over collateralization, excess interest on the loans, the subordination of certain classes of asset-backed securities to other classes, and in the case of the home equity transaction, an insurance policy with a third party guaranteeing payment of accrued and unpaid interest and principal on the securities. Interest rate risk was managed by interest rate swaps between the VIEs and third parties.

Unconsolidated VIEs

The following table provides a summary of the unconsolidated VIE (the FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust) with which the Company has a significant continuing involvement, but is not the primary beneficiary. The following table sets forth certain characteristics of each of the fixed rate second mortgage underlying the FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust at its inception and the current characteristics as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2014. 
 
2007-1 at
Inception
 
2007-1
Current Levels
 
(Dollars in thousands)
FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust
 
 
 
Number of loans
12,416

 
4,084

Aggregate principal balance
$
622,100

 
$
162,915

Average principal balance
$
50

 
$
40

Weighted average fully indexed interest rate
8.22
%
 
7.09
%
Weighted average original term
194 months

 
195 months

Weighted average remaining term
185 months

 
103 months

Weighted average original credit score
726

 
712

 
 
 
 


39

Table of Contents

Note 9 – Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company recognizes MSR assets, at fair value, related to residential first mortgage loans sold when it retains the obligation to service these loans. MSRs are subject to changes in value from, among other things, changes in interest rates, prepayments of the underlying loans and changes in credit quality of the underlying portfolio. The Company subsequently measures its servicing assets for residential first MSRs, at fair value, as elected, each reporting date with any changes in fair value recorded in earnings in the period in which the changes occur. As such, the Company currently hedges certain risks of fair value changes of MSRs using derivative instruments that are intended to change in value inversely to part or all of the changes in the components underlying the fair value of MSRs.

The Company invests in MSRs to support mortgage strategies and to deploy capital at acceptable returns. The Company also deploys derivatives and other fair value assets as economic hedges to offset changes in fair value of the MSRs resulting from the actual or anticipated changes in prepayments stemming from changing interest rate environments. The Company's portfolio of MSRs is highly sensitive to movements in interest rates, and hedging activities related to the portfolio. The primary risk associated with MSRs is they will lose a substantial portion of value as a result of higher than anticipated prepayments due to loan refinancing prompted, in part, by declining interest rates. Conversely, these assets generally increase in value in a rising interest rate environment to the extent that prepayments are slower than anticipated. There is also a risk of valuation decline due to higher than expected increases in default rates, but the Company does not believe such risk can be sufficiently quantified to effectively hedge. See Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, herein, for additional information regarding the instruments utilized to hedge the risks of MSRs.

The following table presents the unpaid principal balance of residential loans serviced for other and the number of accounts associated with those loans.
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
Amount
 
Number of accounts
 
Amount
 
Number of accounts
Residential mortgage servicing
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Serviced for others
$
28,998,897

 
146,339

 
$
25,743,396

 
131,413

Subserviced for others (1)
39,554,373

 
195,448

 
40,431,867

 
198,256

Total residential loans serviced for others (1)
$
68,553,270

 
341,787

 
$
66,175,263

 
329,669

(1)
Does not include temporary short-term subservicing performed as a result of some sales of servicing.
Changes in the carrying value of residential first mortgage MSRs, accounted for at fair value, were as follows. 
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
284,678

 
$
710,791

Additions from loans sold with servicing retained
51,043

 
126,494

Reductions from bulk sales (1)
(5,898
)
 
(94,437
)
Changes in fair value due to (2)
 
 
 
Decrease in MSR value (3)
(4,909
)
 
(37,481
)
All other changes in valuation inputs or assumptions (4)
(4,683
)
 
21,840

Fair value of MSRs at end of period
$
320,231

 
$
727,207

Unpaid principal balance of residential mortgage loans serviced for others (period end)
$
28,998,897

 
$
73,993,296

Unpaid principal balance of residential mortgage loans subserviced for others (period end)
$
39,554,373

 
$

(1)
Includes flow sales related to underlying serviced loans totaling $470.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to bulk sales of $10.7 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively.
(2)
Changes in fair value are included within loan administration income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(3)    Represents decrease in MSR value associated with loans that were paid-off during the period.
(4)
Represents estimated MSR value change resulting primarily from market-driven changes in interest rates.

The fair value of residential MSRs is estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions. The Company periodically obtains

40

Table of Contents

third-party valuations of its residential MSRs to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by the valuation model. In certain circumstances, based on the probability of the completion of a sale of MSRs pursuant to a bona-fide purchase offer, the Company considers the bid price of that offer and identifiable transaction costs in comparison to the calculated fair value and may adjust the estimate of fair value to reflect the terms of the pending transaction.
The key economic assumptions used in determining the fair value of those MSRs capitalized during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 periods were as follows. 
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Weighted-average life (in years)
7.8

 
5.4

Weighted-average constant prepayment rate
12.2
%
 
15.5
%
Weighted-average discount rate
11.8
%
 
7.9
%
The key economic assumptions reflected in the overall fair value of the entire portfolio of MSRs were as follows. 
 
March 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
Weighted-average life (in years)
8.4

 
7.3

Weighted-average constant prepayment rate
9.3
%
 
11.9
%
Weighted-average discount rate
12.3
%
 
10.2
%

Contractual servicing fees. Contractual servicing and subservicing fees, including late fees and ancillary income, for each type of loan serviced are presented below. Contractual servicing and subservicing fees are included within loan administration income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Subservicing fee income is recorded for fees earned, net of third party subservicing costs, for loans subserviced.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential first mortgage loans serviced for others
$
18,447

 
$
54,078

Residential first mortgage loans subserviced for others
5,810

 

Other consumer loans serviced for others
45

 
198

Total
$
24,302

 
$
54,276


Note 10 – Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company recognizes all derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at fair value. Derivative instruments are contracts between two or more parties that have a notional amount and an underlying variable, require a small or no net investment, and allow for the net settlement of positions. A derivative's notional amount serves as the basis for the payment provision of the contract, and takes the form of units, such as shares or dollars. A derivative's underlying variable is a specified interest rate, security price, commodity price, foreign exchange rate, index, or other variable. The interaction between the notional amount and the underlying variable determines the number of units to be exchanged between the parties and influences the fair value of the derivative contract. Generally, these instruments help the Company manage exposure to interest rate risk, mitigate the credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio, hedge against changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and meet client financing and hedging needs. The following derivative financial instruments were identified and recorded at fair value as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and other forward loan sale contracts;
Rate lock commitments;
Interest rate swaps;
Foreign exchanges swaps; and
U.S. Treasury and euro dollar futures and options.

Derivative assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet, after taking into account the effects of legally enforceable bilateral collateral and master netting agreements. Gross positive fair values are netted with gross negative fair values by counterparty pursuant to a valid master netting agreement. In addition, payables and receivables in respect of

41

Table of Contents

collateral received from or paid to a given counterparty are considered in this netting. These agreements allow the Company to settle all derivative contracts held with a single counterparty on a net basis in a single currency, and to offset net derivative positions with related collateral, where applicable.

Counterparty credit risk. The Bank is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to its various derivative financial instruments. The Company manages this risk by selecting only well-established, financially strong counterparties, spreading the credit risk among such counterparties, and by placing contractual limits on the amount of unsecured credit risk from any single counterparty.

Collateral agreements require the counterparty to post, on a daily basis, collateral (typically cash or investment securities) equal to the Company’s net derivative receivable. For highly-rated counterparties, the agreements may include minimum dollar posting thresholds, but allow for the Company to call for immediate, full collateral coverage when credit-rating thresholds are triggered by counterparties. The Company’s collateral agreements contain provisions that require collateralization of the Company’s net liability derivative positions. Required collateral coverage is based on certain net liability thresholds. Under circumstances which constitute default under the agreements, the counterparties to the derivatives could request immediate full collateral coverage for derivatives in net liability positions. The Company's collateral agreements in which the collateral is restricted include provisions requiring unilateral funding of coverage for derivatives in net liability positions, as well as minimum collateral positions.

Derivatives Not Designated in Hedge Relationships

The Company originates loans and extends credit, both of which expose the Company to interest rate risk. The Company actively manages the overall loan portfolio and the associated interest rate risk in a manner consistent with asset quality objectives. This objective is accomplished primarily through the use of an investment-grade diversified dealer-traded basket of swaps. These transactions may generate fee income, and diversify and reduce overall portfolio interest rate risk volatility. Although the Company utilizes swaps for risk management purposes, they are not treated as or do not qualify as hedging instruments.

The Company hedges the risk of overall changes in fair value of loans held-for-sale and rate lock commitments generally by selling forward contracts on securities of Agencies. The forward contracts used to economically hedge the loan commitments are accounted for as non-designated hedges and naturally offset rate lock commitment mark-to-market gains and losses recognized as a component of gain on loan sale. The Company recognized pre-tax losses of $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to pre-tax loss of $39.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, on hedging activity relating to loan commitments and loans held-for-sale. Additionally, the Company hedges the risk of overall changes in fair value of MSRs through the use of various derivatives including purchases of forward contracts on securities of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the purchase/sale of U.S. Treasury futures contracts and the purchase/sale of euro dollar future contracts. These derivatives are accounted for as non-designated hedges against changes in the fair value of MSRs and recognized as a component of loan administration. The Company recognized a gain of $4.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to a loss of $18.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, on MSR fair value hedging activities.

The Company uses a combination of derivatives (U.S. Treasury futures, euro dollar futures, swap futures, and "to be announced" forwards) and certain trading securities to hedge the MSRs. For accounting purposes, these hedges represent economic hedges of the MSR asset with both the hedges and the MSR asset carried at fair value on the balance sheet. Certain derivative strategies that the Company uses to manage its investment in MSRs may not to fully offset changes in the fair value of such asset due to changes in interest rates and market liquidity.

The Company writes and purchases interest rate swaps to accommodate the needs of customers requesting such services. Customer-initiated trading derivatives are used primarily to provide derivative products to customers enabling them to manage interest rate risk exposure. Customer-initiated trading derivatives are tailored to meet the needs of the counterparties involved and, therefore, contain a greater degree of credit risk and liquidity risk than exchange-traded contracts, which have standardized terms and readily available price information. The Company mitigates most of the inherent market risk of customer-initiated interest rate swap contracts by entering into offsetting derivative contracts with other counterparties. The offsetting derivative contracts have nearly identical notional values, terms and indices. These limits are established annually and reviewed quarterly. The Company's interest rate swap agreements are structured such that variable payments are primarily based on LIBOR (one-month, three-month or six-month) or prime. Fee income on customer-initiated trading derivatives are earned from entering into various transactions at the request of the customer, primarily interest rate swap contracts. Changes in fair value are recognized in "other noninterest income" on the Consolidated Statements of Income. There were no significant

42

Table of Contents

net gains (losses) recognized in income on customer-initiated derivative instruments for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
        
The Company had the following derivative financial instruments.
 
Notional Amount
 

Fair Value
 

Expiration Dates
 
(Dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
Assets (1)
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and euro dollar futures
$
3,874,900

 
$
2,495

 
2015
Rate lock commitments
2,090,253

 
21,276

 
2015
Forward agency and loan sales
3,192,161

 
3,298

 
2015
       Interest rate swaps
157,595

 
2,386

 
Various
Total derivative assets
$
9,314,909

 
$
29,455

 
 
Liabilities (2)
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage backed securities forwards
$
78,472

 
$
97

 
2015
Interest rate swaps
157,595

 
2,386

 
Various
Total derivative liabilities
$
236,067

 
$
2,483

 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
Assets (1)
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and euro dollar futures
$
4,300,100

 
$
1,221

 
2014
Rate lock commitments
1,857,775

 
10,329

 
2014
Forward agency and loan sales
2,819,896

 
19,847

 
2014
Interest rate swaps
102,448

 
1,797

 
Various
Total derivative assets
$
9,080,219

 
$
33,194

 
 
Liabilities (2)
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage backed securities forwards
$
95,000

 
$
1,665

 
2014
Interest rate swaps
102,448

 
1,797

 
Various
Total derivative liabilities
$
197,448

 
$
3,462

 
 
(1)
Asset derivatives are included in "other assets" on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
(2)
Liability derivatives are included in "other liabilities" on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.


43

Table of Contents

The following tables present the derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement, including the cash pledged as collateral.
 
March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
 
 
 Economic Undesignated Hedges
Gross Amount
 
Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
 
Net Amount Presented in the Statement of Financial Position
 
Financial Instruments
 
Cash Collateral
 
Net Amount
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and euro dollar futures
$
7,327

 
$
220

 
$
7,107

 
$

 
$
4,612

 
$
2,495

Mortgage backed securities forwards
6

 
6

 

 

 

 

Rate lock commitments
21,772

 
496

 
21,276

 

 

 
21,276

Forward agency and loan sales
6,226

 
2,928

 
3,298

 

 

 
3,298

Interest rate swaps
3,604

 

 
3,604

 

 
1,218

 
2,386

        Total derivative assets
$
38,935

 
$
3,650

 
$
35,285

 
$

 
$
5,830

 
$
29,455

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and euro dollar futures
$
220

 
$
220

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Mortgage backed securities forwards
14,587

 
6

 
14,581

 
24

 
14,460

 
97

Rate lock commitments
496

 
496

 

 

 

 

Forward agency and loan sales
2,928

 
2,928

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps
2,386

 

 
2,386

 

 

 
2,386

        Total derivative liabilities
$
20,617

 
$
3,650

 
$
16,967

 
$
24

 
$
14,460

 
$
2,483


 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
 
 
 Economic Undesignated Hedges
Gross Amount
 
Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
 
Net Amount Presented in the Statement of Financial Position
 
Financial Instruments
 
Cash Collateral
 
Net Amount
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and euro dollar futures
$
7,074

 
$
1,701

 
$
5,373

 
$

 
$
4,152

 
$
1,221

Rate lock commitments
14,510

 
4,181

 
10,329

 

 

 
10,329

Forward agency and loan sales
20,326

 
479

 
19,847

 

 

 
19,847

Interest rate swaps
3,045

 

 
3,045

 

 
1,248

 
1,797

        Total derivative assets
$
44,955

 
$
6,361

 
$
38,594

 
$

 
$
5,400

 
$
33,194

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and euro dollar futures
$
1,701

 
$
1,701

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Mortgage backed securities forwards
13,837

 

 
13,837

 

 
(12,172
)
 
1,665

Rate lock commitments
4,181

 
4,181

 

 

 

 

Forward agency and loan sales
479

 
479

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps
1,797

 

 
1,797

 

 

 
1,797

        Total derivative liabilities
$
21,995

 
$
6,361

 
$
15,634

 
$

 
$
(12,172
)
 
$
3,462



44

Table of Contents

    The Company pledged a total of $20.3 million and $6.8 million of investment securities and cash collateral to counterparties at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, for derivative activities. The Company pledged $20.3 million and $6.8 million in cash collateral to counterparties at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, and less than $0.1 million and zero in investment securities at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The cash pledged was restricted and is included in other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The total collateral pledged is included in assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Note 11 – Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

The portfolio of Federal Home Loan Bank advances includes floating rate short-term daily adjustable advances and long-term fixed rate advances. The following is a breakdown of the advances outstanding.
  
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Short-term floating rate daily adjustable advances
$

 
%
 
$
216,000

 
0.50
%
Fixed rate putable advances
1,125,000

 
0.22
%
 
772,000

 
0.30
%
Total
$
1,125,000

 
0.22
%
 
$
988,000

 
0.34
%

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Maximum outstanding at any month end
$
1,125,000

 
$
2,900,000

Average outstanding balance
885,870

 
3,105,556

Average remaining borrowing capacity
1,802,000

 
1,148,000

Weighted-average interest rate
0.24
%
 
3.16
%
 
 
 
 
At March 31, 2014, the Company had the authority and approval from the Federal Home Loan Bank to utilize a line of credit of up to $7.0 billion and the Company may access that line to the extent that collateral is provided. At March 31, 2014, the Company had $1.1 billion of advances outstanding and an additional $1.7 billion of collateralized borrowing capacity available at the Federal Home Loan Bank. The advances are collateralized by non-delinquent single-family residential first mortgage loans, loans repurchased with government guarantees, certain other loans and investment securities.


45

Table of Contents

Note 12 – Long-Term Debt

The Company sponsored nine trust subsidiaries, including the consolidated VIEs, which issued trust preferred securities to third party investors and loaned the proceeds to the Company in the form of junior subordinated notes included in long-term debt. The following table presents the outstanding balance on each junior subordinated note and related interest rates of the long-term debt as of the dates indicated.
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Junior Subordinated Notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Floating 3 Month LIBOR (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Plus 3.25%, matures 2032
$
25,774

 
3.49
%
 
$
25,774

 
3.50
%
Plus 3.25%, matures 2033
25,774

 
3.49
%
 
25,774

 
3.49
%
Plus 3.25%, matures 2033
25,780

 
3.48
%
 
25,780

 
3.50
%
Plus 2.00%, matures 2035
25,774

 
2.24
%
 
25,774

 
2.24
%
Plus 2.00%, matures 2035
25,774

 
2.24
%
 
25,774

 
2.24
%
Plus 1.75%, matures 2035
51,547

 
1.98
%
 
51,547

 
2.00
%
Plus 1.50%, matures 2035
25,774

 
1.74
%
 
25,774

 
1.74
%
Plus 1.45%, matures 2037
25,774

 
1.68
%
 
25,774

 
1.69
%
Plus 2.50%, matures 2037
15,464

 
2.73
%
 
15,464

 
2.74
%
Subtotal
$
247,435

 
 
 
$
247,435

 
 
Notes associated with consolidated VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HELOC securitizations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Plus 0.23% (2), matures 2018
53,354

 
 
 
55,172

 
 
Plus 0.16% (3), matures 2019
48,356

 
 
 
50,641

 
 
Total long-term debt
$
349,145

 
 
 
$
353,248

 
 
(1)
The securities are currently callable by the Company.
(2)
The Notes will accrue interest at a rate equal to the least of (i) one-month LIBOR plus 0.23 percent (ii) the net weighted average coupon, and (iii) 0.16 percent.
(3)
The interest rate for the notes may adjust monthly and will be subject to (i) a cap based on the weighted average of the loan rates on the mortgage loans, minus the rates at which certain fees and expenses of the issuing entity are calculated and minus any required spread and adjusted for actual days and (ii) a fixed cap of 0.16 percent.

Interest on all junior subordinated notes related to trust preferred securities is payable quarterly. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 the three-month LIBOR interest rate was 0.23 percent and 0.25 percent, respectively. At March 31, 2014, the one-month LIBOR interest rate was 0.15 percent, compared to 0.17 percent at December 31, 2013.

Trust Preferred Securities

The trust preferred securities outstanding mature 30 years from issuance and are callable by the Company. Interest on all junior subordinated notes related to trust preferred securities is payable quarterly. Under the terms of the related indentures, the Company may defer interest payments for up to 20 consecutive quarters without default or penalty. In January 2012, the Company exercised its contractual rights to defer its interest payments with respect to trust preferred securities. The payments are periodically evaluated and will be reinstated when appropriate, subject to the provisions of the Company's Supervisory Agreement and Consent Order.

Notes Associated with Consolidated VIEs

As previously discussed in Note 8 - Private-Label Securitization and Variable Interest Entities, the Company determined it was the primary beneficiary of VIEs associated with HELOC securitizations and such VIEs are therefore consolidated in the Consolidated Financial Statements. As of June 30, 2013, the Company reconsolidated the assets and liabilities associated with the HELOC securitization trusts, the proceeds of which were used by the trust to repay outstanding debt.


46

Table of Contents

The final legal maturities of the long-term debt associated with the VIEs are June 2018 and June 2019, respectively, however these debt agreements have contractual provisions that allow for the debt to be paid off based on the cash flows of the collateral. As of March 31, 2014, the Company's cash flow analysis indicated that the notes are estimated to be paid off by July 2015 for FSTAR 2005-1 (0.23 percent) and June 2016 for FSTAR 2006-2 (0.16 percent). The estimated maturity dates may change going forward as the inputs used (prepayments, defaults, etc.) for the cash flow analysis will likely change. The debt pays interest based on a spread over the 30-day LIBOR interest rate.

Note 13 - Representation and Warranty Reserve

The following table shows the activity in the representation and warranty reserve.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 Balance, beginning of period,
$
54,000

$
193,000

 Provision
 
 
 
Charged to gain on sale for current loan sales
1,229

5,818

 
Charged to representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate
(1,672
)
17,395

 
Total
(443
)
23,213

 Charge-offs, net
(5,557
)
(31,213
)
 Balance, end of period
$
48,000

$
185,000

    
The liability for representation and warranty reserve reflects management's best estimate of probable losses with respect to the Bank's representation and warranty on the mortgage loans it originates and sells into the secondary market. At the time a loan is sold, an estimate of the fair value of such loss associated with the mortgage loans is recorded in representation and warranty reserve in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and charged against the net gain on loan sales in the Consolidated Statement of Operations at the time of the sale. The Company recognizes changes afterwards in the liability when additional relevant information becomes available. Changes in the estimate are recorded in representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Charge-offs are recorded in representation and warranty reserve on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

The Company routinely obtains information from the Agencies regarding the historical trends of demand requests, and occasionally obtains information on anticipated future loan reviews and potential repurchase demand projections. The Company believes this information provides helpful but limited insight in anticipating Agency behavior, thus helping to better estimate future repurchase requests and validate representation and warranty assumptions. Estimating the balance of the representation and warranty reserve involves using assumptions regarding future repurchase request volumes, probable loss severity on these requests and claims appeal success rates. To assess the sensitivity of the representation and warranty reserve model to adverse changes, management periodically runs a sensitivity analysis using its reserve model by assuming hypothetical increases in the level of repurchase volume.
    
Reserve levels are a function of expected losses based on actual pending and expected claims and repurchase requests, historical experience and loan volume. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions could be required that could adversely affect operations or financial position in future periods.

Note 14 – Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 and a liquidation value of $1,000 and additional paid in capital attributable to preferred stock at March 31, 2014 is summarized as follows. 
 
Rate
 
Earliest
Redemption Date
 
Shares
Outstanding
 
Preferred
Shares
 
Additional
Paid in
Capital
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Series C Preferred Stock
9.0
%
 
January 31, 2012
 
266,657

 
$
3

 
$
266,654



47

Table of Contents

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table sets forth the components in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for each type of available-for-sale security.
 
Pre-tax Amount
 
Income Tax (Expense) Benefit
 
After-Tax Amount
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized (loss) gain on securities available-for-sale,
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government sponsored agencies
$
(3,397
)
 
$
2,200

 
$
(1,197
)
Total net unrealized (loss) gain on securities available-for-sale
$
(3,397
)
 
$
2,200

 
$
(1,197
)
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized (loss) gain on securities available-for-sale,
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government sponsored agencies
$
(9,042
)
 
$
4,211

 
$
(4,831
)
Total net unrealized (loss) gain on securities available-for-sale
$
(9,042
)
 
$
4,211

 
$
(4,831
)

Note 15 – (Loss) Earnings Per Share

Basic (loss) earnings per share, excluding dilution, is computed by dividing (loss) earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue Common Stock were exercised and converted into Common Stock or resulted in the issuance of Common Stock that could then share in the earnings of the Company.
    
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share of Common Stock. 
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Net (loss) income
$
(78,423
)
 
$
23,607

Less: preferred stock dividend/accretion
(483
)
 
(1,438
)
Net (loss) income from continuing operations
(78,906
)
 
22,169

Deferred cumulative preferred stock dividends
(5,692
)
 
(3,525
)
Net (loss) income applicable to Common Stock
$
(84,598
)
 
$
18,644

Weighted average shares
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
56,194

 
55,974

Effect of dilutive securities
 
 
 
Warrants

 
252

Stock-based awards

 
189

Weighted average diluted common shares
56,194

 
56,415

(Loss) Earnings per common share
 
 
 
Net (loss) income applicable to Common Stock
$
(1.51
)
 
$
0.33

Effect of dilutive securities
 
 
 
Warrants

 

Stock-based awards

 

Diluted (loss) earnings per share
$
(1.51
)
 
$
0.33


Due to the loss attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended March 31, 2014, the diluted loss per share calculation excludes all Common Stock equivalents, including 1,334,045 shares pertaining to warrants 295,179 shares pertaining to stock based awards. The inclusion of these securities would be anti-dilutive.

48

Table of Contents

Note 16 - Stock‑Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.0 million compared to $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Incentive Compensation Plans

The Incentive Compensation Plans are administered by the compensation committee of the Company's board of directors. Each year, the compensation committee decides which employees of the Company will be eligible to participate in the plans. The Company had an expense of $6.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to expenses of $9.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Note 17 – Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes in interim periods requires the Company to make a best estimate of the effective tax rate expected to be applicable for the full year. This estimated effective tax rate is then applied to interim consolidated pre-tax operating income to determine the interim provision for income taxes.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the benefit for income taxes was $40.0 million, or an effective tax benefit rate of 33.8 percent, compared to a benefit and effective tax rate of zero for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The effective rate for the three months ended March 31, 2014 is below the combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 35.2 percent primarily due to certain nondeductible expenses. The effective rate during the three months ended March 31, 2013 is below the combined statutory rate principally due the change in valuation allowance for net deferred taxes.

As of each reporting date, the Company considers both positive and negative evidence that could impact the view with regard to realization of deferred tax assets. The Company continues to believe it is more likely than not that the benefit for certain state deferred tax assets will not be realized. In recognition of this risk, the Company continues to provide a partial valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets relating to state deferred tax assets.

The Company believes that it is unlikely that the unrecognized tax benefits will change by a material amount during the next 12 months. As permitted under applicable accounting guidance for income taxes, the Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Note 18 — Regulatory Matters

Regulatory Capital

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the U.S. bank regulatory agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures that have been established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum capital amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below). The Bank’s primary regulatory agency, the OCC, requires that the Bank maintain minimum ratios of tangible capital (as defined in the regulations) of 1.5 percent, Tier 1 capital to adjusted tangible assets and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.0 percent, and total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0 percent. The Bank is also subject to prompt corrective action capital requirement regulations set forth by the FDIC. The FDIC requires the Bank to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 capital to adjusted tangible assets of 4.0 percent, Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.0 percent, and total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0 percent.

To be categorized as "well capitalized," the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below, as of the date of filing of its quarterly report with the OCC. The Bank is considered “well capitalized” at both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

49

Table of Contents


The following table shows the regulatory capital ratios as of the dates indicated. These ratios are applicable to the Bank only.
 
Actual
 
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
 
Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
(Dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible capital (to tangible assets)
$
1,139,810

12.44
%
 
N/A

N/A

 
N/A

N/A

Tier 1 capital (to adjusted tangible assets)
1,139,810

12.44
%
 
$
366,437

4.0
%
 
$
458,046

5.0
%
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
1,139,810

23.62
%
 
193,041

4.0
%
 
289,561

6.0
%
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
1,203,098

24.93
%
 
386,082

8.0
%
 
482,602

10.0
%
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible capital (to tangible assets)
$
1,257,608

13.97
%
 
N/A

N/A

 
N/A

N/A

Tier 1 capital (to adjusted tangible assets)
1,257,608

13.97
%
 
$
360,196

4.0
%
 
$
450,245

5.0
%
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
1,257,608

26.82
%
 
187,542

4.0
%
 
281,313

6.0
%
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
1,317,964

28.11
%
 
375,084

8.0
%
 
468,855

10.0
%
N/A - Not applicable.

Consent Order

Effective October 23, 2012, the Bank's board of directors executed a Stipulation and Consent (the "Stipulation"), accepting the issuance of a Consent Order (the "Consent Order") by the OCC. The Consent Order replaces the supervisory agreement entered into between the Bank and the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS") on January 27, 2010, which the OCC terminated simultaneous with issuance of the Consent Order. The Company is still subject to the Supervisory Agreement with the Federal Reserve (discussed below).

Under the Consent Order, the Bank is required to adopt or review and revise various plans, policies and procedures related to, among other things, regulatory capital, enterprise risk management and liquidity. Specifically, under the terms of the Consent Order, the Bank's board of directors has agreed to, among other things, which include but not limited to the following:
Review, revise, and forward to the OCC a written capital plan for the Bank covering at least a three-year period and establishing projections for the Bank's overall risk profile, earnings performance, growth expectations, balance sheet mix, off-balance sheet activities, liability and funding structure, capital and liquidity adequacy, as well as a contingency capital funding process and plan that identifies alternative capital sources should the primary sources not be available;
Adopt and forward to the OCC a comprehensive written liquidity risk management policy that systematically requires the Bank to reduce liquidity risk; and
Develop, adopt, and forward to the OCC a written enterprise risk management program that is designed to ensure that the Bank effectively identifies, monitors, and controls its enterprise-wide risks, including by developing risk limits for each line of business.

Each of the plans, policies and procedures referenced above in the Consent Order, as well as any subsequent amendments or changes thereto, must be submitted to the OCC for a determination that the OCC has no supervisory objection to them. Upon receiving a determination of no supervisory objection from the OCC, the Bank must implement and adhere to the respective plan, policy or procedure. The foregoing summary of the Consent Order does not purport to be a complete description of all of the terms of the Consent Order, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the copy of the Consent Order filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 24, 2012.

The Bank intends to address the banking issues identified by the OCC in the manner required for compliance by the OCC. There can be no assurance that the OCC will not provide substantive comments on the capital plan or other submissions that the Bank makes pursuant to the Consent Order that will have a material impact on the Company. The Company believes that the actions taken, or to be taken, to address the banking issues set forth in the Consent Order should, over time, improve its enterprise risk management practices and risk profile. For further information regarding the risks related to the Consent Order, please also refer to the section captioned "FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" below and the risk factors previously disclosed in Item 1A to Part I of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

50

Table of Contents

 
Supervisory Agreement

The Company is subject to the Supervisory Agreement, which will remain in effect until terminated, modified, or suspended in writing by the Federal Reserve. The failure to comply with the Supervisory Agreement could result in the initiation of further enforcement action by the Federal Reserve, including the imposition of further operating restrictions, and could result in additional enforcement actions against the Company. The Company has taken actions which it believes are appropriate to comply with, and intends to maintain compliance with, all of the requirements of the Supervisory Agreement.

Pursuant to the Supervisory Agreement, the Company submitted a capital plan to the OTS, predecessor in interest to the Federal Reserve. In addition, the Company agreed to request prior non-objection of the Federal Reserve to pay dividends or other capital distributions; purchase, repurchase or redeem certain securities; and incur, issue, renew, roll over or increase any debt and enter into certain affiliate transactions. The Company also agreed to comply with restrictions on the payment of severance and indemnification payments, director and management changes and employment contracts and compensation arrangements. A complete description of all of the terms of the Supervisory Agreement and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the copy of the Supervisory Agreement filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2010. For further information regarding the risks related to the Supervisory Agreement, please also refer to the section captioned "FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" below and the risk factors previously disclosed in Item 1A to Part I of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

Regulatory Developments

In July 2013, U.S. banking regulators approved final Basel III Regulatory Capital rules ("Basel III"). The Basel III rules will be effective January 1, 2014 for advanced approaches banking organizations that are not savings and loan holding companies and January 1, 2015 for all other covered banking organizations. Various aspects of Basel III will be subject to multi-year transition periods ending December 31, 2018. Basel III generally continues to be subject to interpretation by the U.S. banking regulators. Basel III will materially change our Leverage, Tier 1 and Total capital calculations. In addition, the final rule implements a new regulatory component, Common Equity Tier 1 capital. It introduces new minimum capital ratios and buffer requirements, proposes a supplementary leverage ratio, changes the composition of regulatory capital, expands and modifies the calculation of risk-weighted assets for credit and market risk (the Advanced Approach), revises the adequately capitalized minimum requirements under the Prompt Corrective Action framework and introduces a Standardized Approach for the calculation of risk-weighted assets, which will replace the current rules (Basel I - 2013 Rules) effective January 1, 2015. Under Basel III, we will calculate regulatory capital ratios and risk-weighted assets under the Standardized Approach. This approach will be used to assess capital adequacy under the Prompt Corrective Action framework. The Prompt Corrective Action framework establishes categories of capitalization, including "well capitalized," based on regulatory ratio requirements. In October 2013, the OCC and Federal Reserve published a final rule that replaces their existing risk-based and leverage capital rules. The final rule is consistent with the interim final rule.

Note 19 – Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments

Legal Proceedings

The Company and certain subsidiaries are subject to various pending or threatened legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of business or operations. Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of these proceedings, the Company, together with its subsidiaries, believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims presently asserted against the Company, including the matters described below. With respect to such legal proceedings, the Company intends to continue to defend itself vigorously, litigating or settling cases according to management's judgment as to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

On at least a quarterly basis, the Company assesses the liabilities and loss contingencies in connection with pending or threatened legal proceedings utilizing the latest information available. The Company establishes reserves for legal claims and regulatory matters when the Company believes it is probable that a loss may be incurred and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. Once established, accrued reserves are adjusted from time to time, as appropriate, in light of additional information.

Resolutions of legal claims are inherently dependent on the specific facts and circumstances of each specific case; therefore the actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved. Based on current knowledge, and after consultation with legal counsel, management believes that current reserves are adequate and the amount of any incremental liability that may arise is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Consolidated

51

Table of Contents

Financial Statements. Certain legal claims considered by the Company in its analysis of the sufficiency of its related reserves include the following.

DOJ Litigation Settlement

In February 2012, the Company announced that the Bank had entered into the DOJ Agreement for $133.0 million relating to certain underwriting practices associated with loans insured by FHA. Pursuant to the DOJ Agreement, the Bank agreed to:

Comply with all applicable HUD and FHA rules related to the continued participation in the direct endorsement lender program;
Make an initial payment of $15.0 million within 30 business days of the effective date of the DOJ Agreement (which was paid on April 3, 2012);
Make the Additional Payments of approximately $118.0 million, the payment of which is contingent only upon the occurrence of certain future events; and
Complete a monitoring period by an independent third party chosen by the Bank and approved by HUD.

Subject to the Bank's full compliance with the terms of the DOJ Agreement, the government agreed to:

Immediately release the Bank and all of the current and former officers, directors, employees, affiliates and assigns from any civil or administrative claim it has or may have under various federal laws, the common law or equitable theories of fraud or mistake of fact in connection with the mortgage loans the Bank endorsed for FHA insurance during the period January 1, 2002 to the date of the DOJ Agreement (the "Covered Period");
Not refuse to pay any insurance claim or seek indemnification or other relief in connection with the mortgage loans the Bank endorsed for FHA insurance during the Covered Period but for which no claims have yet been paid on the basis of the conduct alleged in the complaint or referenced in the DOJ Agreement; and
Not seek indemnification or other relief in connection with the mortgage loans the Bank endorsed for FHA insurance during the Covered Period and for which HUD has paid insurance claims on the basis of the conduct alleged in the complaint or referenced in the DOJ Agreement.

The Company elected the fair value option to account for the liability representing the obligation to make Additional Payments under the DOJ Agreement. As of March 31, 2014, the Bank has accrued $94.0 million, which represents the fair value of the Additional Payments. See Note 3 - Fair Value Measurements, for further information on the fair value of the DOJ litigation settlement. Other than as set forth above, the DOJ Agreement does not have any effect on FHA insured loans in the Company's portfolio, including loans classified as loans repurchased with government guarantees as discussed in Note 6 - Loans Repurchased with Government Guarantees. The Company believes that such loans retain FHA insurance, and the Company continues to process such loans for insurance claims in the normal course and to receive payments thereon from the FHA. Based on the experience subsequent to the Bank's agreement with the DOJ, the Company believes that such claims are not subject to denial or dispute other than in the normal course of processing insurance claims.

Mortgage-Related Litigation, Regulatory and Other Matters

Regulatory Matters
 
From time to time, governmental agencies conduct investigations or examinations of various mortgage related practices of the Bank. Ongoing investigations relate to whether the Bank has properly complied with laws or regulations relating to mortgage origination or mortgage servicing practices and to whether its practices with regard to servicing residential first mortgage loans are adequate. The Bank is cooperating with such agencies and providing information as requested. In addition, the Bank has routinely been named in civil actions throughout the country by borrowers and former borrowers relating to the origination, purchase, sale and servicing of mortgage loans.

Other Matters

In May 2012, the Bank and its subsidiary, Flagstar Reinsurance Company, were named as defendants in a putative class action lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, alleging a violation of Section 2607 of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act ("RESPA"). Section 2607(a) of RESPA generally prohibits anyone from "accept[ing] any fee, kickback or thing of value pursuant to any agreement or understanding, oral or otherwise, that business related incident to or part of a real estate settlement service involving a federally related mortgage loan shall be referred to any person." Section 2607(b) of RESPA also prohibits anyone from "accept[ing] any portion, split, or percentage of any charge

52

Table of Contents

made or received for the rendering of a real estate settlement service in connection with a federally related mortgage loan other than for services actually performed." The lawsuit specifically alleges that the Bank and Flagstar Reinsurance Company violated Section 2607 of RESPA through a captive reinsurance arrangement involving (i) allegedly illegal payments to Flagstar Reinsurance Company for the referral of private mortgage insurance business from the Bank to private mortgage insurers to Flagstar Reinsurance Company and (ii) Flagstar Reinsurance Company's purported receipt of an unlawful split of private mortgage insurance premiums. On January13, 2014, the Bank and Flagstar Reinsurance filed a motion to dismiss the First Amended Complaint based upon the statute of limitations and equitable tolling.

On August 15, 2013, shareholder Kenneth Taylor filed a derivative action in the Circuit Court of Oakland County, Michigan against several current and former members of the Company's Board of Directors and executive officers, including Joseph Campanelli, Michael Tierney, Paul Borja, Todd McGowan, Daniel Landers, Matthew Kerin, Walter Carter, Gregory Eng, Jay Hansen, David Matlin, James Ovenden, Mark Patterson, Michael Shonka, and David Treadwell. The lawsuit requests unspecified monetary damages and purports to seek to remedy defendants’ alleged breaches of fiduciary duties and unjust enrichment from 2011 to present, focusing on the events leading up to the Company's February 24, 2012 settlement with the U.S. Department of Justice, as well as the settlement itself. On October 23, 2013, Joel Rosenfeld filed a second derivative action in the same court alleging similar claims against the same defendants based on the February 24, 2012 settlement, as well as Flagstar’s prior litigation with Assured Guaranty. The Court consolidated the matters and appointed Rosenfeld as lead plaintiff and Rosenfeld’s counsel and lead plaintiffs’ counsel. The plaintiffs then filed a consolidated complaint. The parties have been facilitating the matter and the litigation has been stayed while they do so. A parallel action was filed by Kenneth Taylor on January 24, 2014 in the Federal Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. A motion to dismiss hearing is scheduled for May 22, 2014.
  
Litigation Accruals and Other Possible Contingent Liabilities

When establishing an accrual for contingent liabilities, the Company determines a range of potential losses for each matter that is probable to result in a loss and where the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company then records the amount it considers to be the best estimate within the range. As of March 31, 2014, the Company's total accrual for contingent liabilities was $97.7 million, which includes the accruals for the DOJ Agreement and pending cases. There may be further losses that could arise, the occurrence of which is not probable (but is reasonably possible), or the amount of which is not reasonably estimable; in either case, such losses are not included in the accrual for contingent liabilities. It is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, or one or more other unexpected future developments, could result in a loss or losses that, individually or in the aggregate, may be material to the Company's results of operations, or cash flows, for the relevant period(s).

Contingencies and Commitments

A summary of the contractual amount of significant commitments is as follows.
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Commitments to extend credit
 
 
 
Mortgage loans (interest-rate lock commitments)
$
2,090,253

 
$
1,857,775

HELOC trust commitments
74,165

 
67,060

Other consumer commitments
7,488

 
7,430

Standby and commercial letters of credit
6,398

 
7,982

Other commercial commitments
360,422

 
296,713


Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend. Since many of these commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements.

The Company enters into forward contracts for the future delivery or purchase of agency and loan sale contracts. These contracts are considered to be derivative instruments under U.S. GAAP. Changes to the fair value of these forward loan sales as a result of changes in interest rates are recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as an other asset. Further discussion on derivative instruments is included in Note 10 - Derivative Financial Instruments.

The Company has unfunded commitments under its contractual arrangement with the HELOC securitization trusts to fund future advances on the underlying HELOC.

53

Table of Contents


Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party, while commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being drawn on when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and the third party.

For information regarding the representation and warranty reserve, see Note 13 - Representation and Warranty Reserve.

Note 20 – Segment Information

The Company's operations are conducted through four operating segments: Mortgage Originations, Mortgage Servicing, Community Banking and Other, which includes the remaining reported activities. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activity from which revenues are earned and expenses incurred for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by executive management in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The operating segments have been determined based on the products and services offered and reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by management. Each segment operates under the same banking charter, but is reported on a segmented basis for this report. Each of the operating segments is complementary to each other and because of the interrelationships of the segments, the information presented is not indicative of how the segments would perform if they operated as independent entities. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

In January 2014, the Company reorganized the way its operations are managed based on core functions. The segments are based on an internally-aligned segment leadership structure, which is also how the results are monitored and performance assessed. The Company expects that the combination of the business model and the services that the operating segments provide will result in a competitive advantage that supports revenue and earnings. The Company's business model emphasizes the delivery of a complete set of mortgage and banking products and services, including originating, acquiring, selling and servicing one-to-four family residential first mortgage loans, which we believe is distinguished by timely processing and customer service.

Revenues are comprised of net interest income (before the provision for loan losses) and noninterest income. Noninterest expenses are fully allocated to each operating segment. Allocation methodologies maybe subject to periodic adjustment as the internal management accounting system is revised and the business or product lines within the segments change. Also, because the development and application of these methodologies is a dynamic process, the financial results presented may be periodically revised.

The Mortgage Originations segment originates, acquires and sells one-to-four family residential first mortgage loans. The origination and acquisition of mortgage loans comprises the majority of the lending activity. Mortgage loans are originated through home loan centers, national call centers, the Internet and unaffiliated banks and mortgage banking and brokerage companies, where the net interest income and the gains from sales associated with these loans are recognized in the Mortgage Originations segment.

The Mortgage Servicing segment services and subservices mortgage loans, on a fee basis, for others. Also, the Mortgage Servicing segment services, on a fee basis, residential mortgages held-for-investment by the Community Banking segment and mortgage servicing rights held by the Other segment. The Mortgage Servicing segment may also collect ancillary fees, such as late fees and earn income through the use of non-interest bearing escrows.

The Community Banking segment originates loans, provides deposits and fee based services to consumer, business and mortgage lending customers through its Branch Banking, Business and Commercial Banking, Government Banking, Warehouse Lending and Held-for-Investment Portfolio groups. Products offered through these teams include checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, investment and insurance services, consumer loans, commercial loans and warehouse lines of credit. Other financial services available to consumer and commercial customers include lines of credit, revolving credit, customized treasury management solutions, equipment leasing, inventory and accounts receivable lending and capital markets services such as interest rate risk protection products.

The Other segment includes the Treasury functions, funding revenue associated with stockholders' equity, the impact of interest rate risk management, the impact of balance sheet funding activities, changes or credits of an unusual or infrequent nature that are not reflective of the normal operations of the operating segments and miscellaneous other expenses of a

54

Table of Contents

corporate nature. Treasury functions include administering the investment securities portfolios, balance sheet funding, interest rate risk management and MSR asset valuation, hedging and sales into the secondary market. In addition, the Other segment includes revenue and expenses related to treasury and corporate assets and liabilities and equity not directly assigned or allocated to the Mortgage Originations, Mortgage Servicing or Community Banking operating segments.

The following table presents financial information by business segment for the periods indicated.
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2014
 
Mortgage Origination
 
Mortgage Servicing
 
Community Banking
 
Other
 
Total
Summary of Operations
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
$
12,092

 
$
5,446

 
$
34,719

 
$
5,944

 
$
58,201

Net gain (loss) on loan sales
47,437

 

 
(2,095
)
 

 
45,342

Representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate

 
1,672

 

 

 
1,672

Other noninterest income (loss)
11,978

 
13,140

 
(13,548
)
 
16,369

 
27,939

Total net interest income and noninterest income
71,507

 
20,258

 
19,076

 
22,313

 
133,154

Provision for loan losses

 

 
(112,321
)
 

 
(112,321
)
Asset resolution
(17
)
 
(10,798
)
 
(693
)
 

 
(11,508
)
Depreciation and amortization expense
(244
)
 
(1,573
)
 
(1,053
)
 
(2,890
)
 
(5,760
)
Other noninterest expense
(53,490
)
 
(22,861
)
 
(42,113
)
 
(3,520
)
 
(121,984
)
Total noninterest expense
(53,751
)
 
(35,232
)
 
(156,180
)
 
(6,410
)
 
(251,573
)
Income (loss) before federal income taxes
17,756

 
(14,974
)
 
(137,104
)
 
15,903

 
(118,419
)
Benefit for federal income taxes

 

 

 
39,996

 
39,996

Net income (loss)
$
17,756

 
$
(14,974
)
 
$
(137,104
)
 
$
55,899

 
$
(78,423
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average balances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
1,219,183

 
$

 
$
77,935

 
$

 
$
1,297,118

Loans repurchased with government guarantees

 
1,269,781

 

 

 
1,269,781

Loans held-for-investment
215

 

 
3,863,895

 

 
3,864,110

Total assets
1,363,467

 
1,414,762

 
3,927,294

 
2,602,305

 
9,307,828

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 
5,230,154

 

 
5,230,154

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

55

Table of Contents

 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
 
Mortgage Origination
 
Mortgage Servicing
 
Community Banking
 
Other
 
Total
Summary of Operations
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income (loss)
$
21,657

 
$
12,027

 
$
43,151

 
$
(21,166
)
 
$
55,669

Net gain (loss) on loan sales
143,207

 
(5,817
)
 
150

 

 
137,540

Representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate

 
(17,395
)
 

 

 
(17,395
)
Other noninterest income
30,522

 
15,950

 
9,848

 
8,478

 
64,798

Total net interest income (loss) and noninterest income
195,386

 
4,765

 
53,149

 
(12,688
)
 
240,612

Provision for loan losses

 

 
(20,415
)
 

 
(20,415
)
Asset resolution
(60
)
 
(19,064
)
 
2,679

 

 
(16,445
)
Depreciation and amortization expense
(137
)
 
(1,556
)
 
(940
)
 
(2,771
)
 
(5,404
)
Other noninterest expense
(104,039
)
 
(9,726
)
 
(54,313
)
 
(6,663
)
 
(174,741
)
Total noninterest expense
(104,236
)
 
(30,346
)
 
(72,989
)
 
(9,434
)
 
(217,005
)
Income (loss) before federal income taxes
91,150

 
(25,581
)
 
(19,840
)
 
(22,122
)
 
23,607

Provision for federal income taxes

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)
$
91,150

 
$
(25,581
)
 
$
(19,840
)
 
$
(22,122
)
 
$
23,607

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average balances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
2,993,998

 
$

 
$
622,197

 
$

 
$
3,616,195

Loans repurchased with government guarantees

 
1,774,235

 

 

 
1,774,235

Loans held-for-investment
82

 

 
4,827,542

 
7,065

 
4,834,689

Total assets
3,081,173

 
2,070,051

 
5,439,939

 
3,101,408

 
13,692,571

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 
6,915,974

 
69,679

 
6,985,653

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

56

Table of Contents

ITEM 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Where we say "we," "us," or "our," we usually mean Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. However, in some cases, a reference to "we," "us," or "our" will include our wholly-owned subsidiary Flagstar Bank, FSB, which we refer to as the "Bank."

FORWARD – LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. Forward-looking statements, by their nature, involve estimates, projections, goals, forecasts, assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in a forward-looking statement. Examples of forward-looking statements include statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, plans, goals, objectives and future financial or other performance. Words such as "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "estimates" and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Except to fulfill our obligations under the U.S. securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update any such statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which it is made.

There are a number of important factors that could cause future results to differ materially from historical performance and these forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include:

(1)
General business and economic conditions, including unemployment rates, movements in interest rates, the slope of the yield curve, any increase in mortgage fraud and other related activity and the further decline of asset values in certain geographic markets, that affect us or our counterparties;

(2)
Volatile interest rates, and our ability to effectively hedge against them, which could affect, among other things, (i) the mortgage business, (ii) our ability to originate loans and sell assets at a profit, (iii) prepayment speeds, (iv) our cost of funds and (v) investments in mortgage servicing rights;

(3)
The adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and our representation and warranty reserves;

(4)
Changes in accounting standards generally applicable to us and our application of such standards, including in the calculation of the fair value of our assets and liabilities;

(5)
Our ability to borrow funds, maintain or increase deposits or raise capital on commercially reasonable terms or at all and our ability to achieve or maintain desired capital ratios;

(6)
Changes in material factors affecting our loan portfolio, particularly our residential mortgage loans, and the market areas where our business is geographically concentrated or further loan portfolio or geographic concentration;

(7)
Changes in, or expansion of, the regulation of financial services companies and government-sponsored housing enterprises, including new legislation, regulations, rulemaking and interpretive guidance, enforcement actions, the imposition of fines and other penalties by our regulators, the impact of existing laws and regulations, new or changed roles or guidelines of government-sponsored entities, changes in regulatory capital ratios, and increases in deposit insurance premiums and special assessments of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

(8)
Our ability to comply with the terms and conditions of the Supervisory Agreement with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve and the Bank’s ability to comply with the Consent Order with the Office of Comptroller of the Currency, and our ability to address matters raised by our regulators, including Matters Requiring Attention and Matters Requiring Immediate Attention, if any;

(9)
The Bank’s ability to make capital distributions and our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock or interest on our trust preferred securities;

(10)
Our ability to attract and retain senior management and other qualified personnel to execute our business strategy, including our entry into new lines of business, our introduction of new products and services and

57

Table of Contents

management of risks relating thereto, and our competing in the mortgage loan originations and mortgage servicing and commercial and retail banking lines of business;

(11)
Our ability to satisfy our mortgage servicing and subservicing obligations and manage repurchases and indemnity demands by mortgage loan purchasers, guarantors and insurers;

(12)
The outcome and cost of defending current and future legal or regulatory litigation, proceedings or investigations;

(13)
Our ability to create and maintain an effective risk management framework and effectively manage risk, including, among other things, market, interest rate, credit and liquidity risk, including risks relating to the cyclicality and seasonality of our mortgage banking business, litigation and regulatory risk, operational risk, counterparty risk and reputational risk;

(14)
The control by, and influence of, our majority stockholder;

(15)
A failure of, interruption in or cybersecurity attack on our network or computer systems, which could impact our ability to properly collect, process and maintain personal data and system integrity with respect to funds settlement;

(16)
Our ability to meet our forecasted earnings such that we are able to realize the benefits of reversing our deferred tax allowance, or the need to increase the valuation allowance in future periods;

(17)
Our compliance with the terms and conditions of the agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice and the impact of compliance with that agreement and our ability to accurately estimate the financial impact of that agreement, including the fair value and timing of the future payments; and

(18)
The downgrade of the long-term credit rating of the United States by one or more ratings agencies could materially affect global and domestic financial markets and economic conditions.

All of the above factors are difficult to predict, contain uncertainties that may materially affect actual results, and may be beyond our control. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all such factors or to assess the effect of each such factor on our business.

Please also refer to Item 1A to Part I of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and Item 1A to Part II of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, which are incorporated by reference herein, for further information on these and other factors affecting us.

Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable estimates and assumptions, they are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties, contingencies and other factors. Accordingly, we cannot give you any assurance that our expectations will in fact occur or that actual results will not differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included herein, the inclusion of such information should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that the results or conditions described in such statements or our objectives and plans will be achieved.



58


General

We are a Michigan-based savings and loan holding company founded in 1993. Our business is primarily conducted through our principal subsidiary, the Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank founded in 1987. At March 31, 2014, our total assets were $9.6 billion, making us the largest bank headquartered in Michigan and one of the top ten largest savings banks in the United States. Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol "FBC." We are considered a controlled company for NYSE purposes, because MP Thrift Investments, L.P. ("MP Thrift") held approximately 63.3 percent of our common stock as of March 31, 2014.

As a savings and loan holding company, we are subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve (the "Federal Reserve"). The Bank is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") of the U.S. Department of the Treasury ("U.S. Treasury"). The Bank is also subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") and the Bank's deposits are insured by the FDIC through the Deposit Insurance Fund. The Bank is also subject to the rule-making, supervision and examination authority of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the "CFPB"), which is responsible for enforcing the principal federal consumer protection laws. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") of Indianapolis.

In January 2014, we reorganized the manner in which our operations are managed based on core operating functions. The segments are based on an internally-aligned segment leadership structure, which is also how the results are monitored and performance assessed. We expect that the combination of our business model and the services that our operating segments provide will result in a competitive advantage that supports revenue and earnings. Our business model emphasizes the delivery of a complete set of mortgage and banking products and services, including originating, acquiring, selling and servicing one-to-four family residential first mortgage loans, which we believe is distinguished by timely processing and customer service.

Our Mortgage Originations segment originates or purchases residential first mortgage loans throughout the country and sells them into securitization pools, primarily to Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae"), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") and Government National Mortgage Association ("Ginnie Mae") (collectively, the "Agencies") or as whole loans. Approximately 94.8 percent of our total loan originations during the three months ended March 31, 2014 represented mortgage loans that were collateralized by residential first mortgages on single-family residences and were eligible for sale to the Agencies. Our revenue primarily consists of net gain on loan sales, loan fees and charges and interest income from residential first mortgage loans held-for-sale. At March 31, 2014, we originated residential first mortgage loans through our wholesale relationships with approximately 1,100 mortgage brokers and approximately 1,000 correspondents, which were located in all 50 states. At March 31, 2014, we also operated 33 home loan centers located in 18 states, which primarily originate one-to-four family residential first mortgage loans as part of our Mortgage Originations segment. The combination of our home lending, broker and correspondent channels gives us broad access to customers across diverse geographies to originate, fulfill, sell and service our residential first mortgage loan products. We also originate mortgage loans through referrals from our banking centers, consumer direct call center and our website, www.flagstar.com.

Our Mortgage Servicing segment activities primarily consist of collecting cash for principal, interest and escrow payments from borrowers, assisting homeowners through loss mitigation activities, and accounting for and remitting principal and interest payments to mortgage-backed securities investors and escrow payments to third parties. These activities are performed on a fee basis for third party mortgage servicing rights holders, residential mortgages held for investment by the Community Banking segment and mortgage servicing rights held by the Other segment.

Our Community Banking segment revenues include net interest income and fee-based income from community banking services. At March 31, 2014, we operated 106 banking centers in Michigan (of which eight were located in retail stores). Of the 106 banking centers, 69 facilities are owned and 37 facilities are leased. During the first quarter 2014, we relocated one and closed five banking centers to better align the branch structure with the Company's focus on key market areas and to improve banking center efficiencies. Through our banking centers, we gather deposits and offer a line of consumer and commercial financial products and services to individuals and businesses. We provide deposit and cash management services to governmental units on a relationship basis. We leverage our banking centers to cross-sell loans, deposit products and insurance and investment services to existing customers and to increase our customer base by attracting new customers. At March 31, 2014, we had a total of $6.3 billion in deposits, including $5.0 billion in retail deposits, $0.6 billion in company controlled deposits and $0.7 billion in government deposits.

At March 31, 2014, we had 2,798 full-time equivalent salaried employees of which 315 were account executives and loan officers.

59

Table of Contents

Summary of Operations

Our net loss applicable to common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $78.9 million ($1.51 loss per share), compared to income of $22.2 million ($0.33 per diluted share) for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The change during the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, was due to the following factors:

Provision for loan losses increased by $91.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, to $112.3 million, primarily driven by two changes in estimates: the evaluation of current data related to the loss emergence period and the evaluation of the enhanced risk associated with payment resets relating to the interest-only loans;

Loan fees and charges decreased by $21.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, to $12.3 million, primarily due to lower mortgage volume;

Net gain on loan sales decreased $92.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, to $45.3 million, primarily due to lower mortgage volume, consistent with an overall industry production decrease impacted by the current interest rate environment;

Representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate increased $19.1 million to $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, primarily due to lower loss rates following the previously announced settlement agreements with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac;

Other noninterest income decreased by $23.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, to a loss of $14.7 million, primarily due to an adjustment to the originally recorded fair value of performing repurchased loans;

Compensation and benefit expense decreased $11.6 million to $65.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, primarily due to a reduction in headcount;

Commissions decreased by $10.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, to $7.2 million, primarily due to a reduction in loan production volume;

Loan processing expense decreased by $9.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, to $7.7 million, primarily due to lower mortgage originations; and

Legal and professional expense decreased $14.9 million to $13.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, primarily due to lower consulting and legal fees.



60

Table of Contents

Selected Financial Ratios
(Dollars in thousands, except share data)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Mortgage loans originated (1)
$
4,866,631

 
$
12,423,364

Other loans originated
$
172,305

 
$
74,739

Mortgage loans sold and securitized
$
4,474,287

 
$
12,822,879

Interest rate spread – bank only (2)
2.96
 %
 
1.64
%
Net interest margin – bank only (3)
3.05
 %
 
1.89
%
Interest rate spread – consolidated (2)
2.87
 %
 
1.61
%
Net interest margin – consolidated (3)
2.97
 %
 
1.83
%
Average common shares outstanding
56,194,184

 
55,973,888

Average fully diluted shares outstanding
56,194,184

 
56,415,057

Average interest earning assets
$
7,829,814

 
$
12,075,212

Average interest paying liabilities
$
6,363,459

 
$
10,338,644

Average stockholders' equity
$
1,444,741

 
$
1,173,982

Return on average assets
(3.39
)%
 
0.65
%
Return on average equity
(21.85
)%
 
7.55
%
Efficiency ratio
104.6
 %
 
81.7
%
Efficiency ratio (adjusted) (4)
91.3
 %
 
76.2
%
Equity/assets ratio (average for the period)
15.52
 %
 
8.57
%
Charge-offs to average LHFI (5)
1.36
 %
 
2.93
%
Charge-offs, to average LHFI adjusted (5)(6)
1.11
 %
 
2.93
%
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
March 31, 2013
Book value per common share
$
19.29

 
$
20.66

 
$
16.46

Number of common shares outstanding
56,221,056

 
56,138,074

 
56,033,204

Mortgage loans serviced for others
$
28,998,897

 
$
25,743,396

 
$
73,933,296

Mortgage loans subserviced for others
$
39,554,373

 
$
40,431,865

 
$

Weighted average service fee (basis points)
28.5

 
28.7

 
29.3

Capitalized value of mortgage servicing rights
1.10
%
 
1.11
%
 
0.98
%
Mortgage servicing rights to Tier 1 capital (4)
28.1
%
 
22.6
%
 
55.1
%
Ratio of allowance for loans losses to nonperforming LHFI (5)
286.9
%
 
145.9
%
 
78.5
%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to LHFI (5)
8.11
%
 
5.42
%
 
6.11
%
Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets (bank only)
1.49
%
 
1.95
%
 
3.70
%
Equity-to-assets ratio
14.06
%
 
15.16
%
 
9.04
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio (to adjusted total assets) (6)
12.44
%
 
13.97
%
 
10.14
%
Total risk-based capital ratio (to risk-weighted assets) (6)
24.93
%
 
28.11
%
 
22.53
%
Number of banking centers
106

 
111

 
111

Number of loan origination centers
33

 
39

 
41

Number of employees (excludes loan officers and account executives)
2,483

 
2,894

 
3,456

Number of loan officers and account executives
315

 
359

 
322

(1)
Includes residential first mortgage and second mortgage loans.
(2)
Interest rate spread is the difference between the annualized average yield earned on average interest-earning assets for the period and the annualized average rate of interest paid on average interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(3)
Net interest margin is the annualized effect of the net interest income divided by that period's average interest-earning assets.
(4)
See Non-GAAP reconciliation.
(5)
Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.
(6)
Excludes charge-offs of $2.3 million related to the sale of non-performing and TDR loans during the three months ended March 31, 2014.
(7)
Based on adjusted total assets for purposes of tangible capital and core capital, and risk-weighted assets for purposes of risk-based capital and total risk-based capital. These ratios are applicable to the Bank only.

61

Table of Contents

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is primarily the dollar value of the average yield we earn on the average balances of our interest-earning assets, less the dollar value of the average cost of funds we incur on the average balances of our interest-bearing liabilities. Interest income recorded on loans is reduced by the amortization net premiums and net deferred loan origination costs.

Net interest income increased to $58.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to $55.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase for the three months ended March 31, 2014, is primarily due to a $2.2 billion decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank average balance due to the prepayment completed in the fourth quarter 2013, partially offset by a $2.3 billion decrease in the loans held-for-sale average balance during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. Net interest income represented 43.7 percent of our total revenue for the three month ended March 31, 2014, compared to 23.1 percent for the three month ended March 31, 2013. The average yield on loans held-for-sale increased during the three months ended March 31, 2014 due to rising mortgage rates, while all other assets have continued to decline.

Interest income decreased $28.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $66.4 million, compared to $95.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease in interest income was primarily driven by lower average balances in the mortgage loans available-for-sale and warehouse loans held-for-investment portfolios, primarily due to a decrease in mortgage loan originations during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. The average yield on interest-earning assets increased 24 basis points, to 3.39 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from 3.15 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Interest expense decreased $31.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $8.2 million, compared to $39.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to the fourth quarter 2013 prepayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased $4.0 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to $2.2 billion decrease in average Federal Home Loan Bank advances average balance and $1.8 billion decrease in deposit average balance, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 102 basis points to 0.52 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from 1.54 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Our interest rate spread was 2.87 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to 1.61 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Our consolidated net interest margin for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was 2.97 percent, as compared to 1.83 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The Bank recorded a net interest margin of 3.05 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to 1.89 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

    



62

Table of Contents

The following tables present on a consolidated basis interest income from average earning assets, expressed in dollars and yields, and interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed in dollars and rates. Interest income recorded on our loans is adjusted by the amortization of net premiums, net deferred loan origination costs and the amount of negative amortization (i.e., capitalized interest) arising from our option ARM loans.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Annualized
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Annualized
Yield/
Rate
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-Earning Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
1,297,118

 
$
13,652

 
4.21
%
 
$
3,616,195

 
$
26,807

 
2.97
%
Loans repurchased with government guarantees
1,269,781

 
7,943

 
2.50
%
 
1,774,235

 
15,005

 
3.38
%
Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans (1)
3,180,487

 
30,878

 
3.89
%
 
4,136,420

 
42,685

 
4.15
%
Commercial loans (1)
683,623

 
6,195

 
3.62
%
 
698,269

 
7,453

 
4.27
%
Loans held-for-investment
3,864,110

 
37,073

 
3.84
%
 
4,834,689

 
50,138

 
4.16
%
Investment securities available-for-sale or trading
1,173,304

 
7,538

 
2.57
%
 
348,525

 
2,094

 
2.41
%
Interest-earning deposits and other
225,501

 
145

 
0.26
%
 
1,501,568

 
946

 
0.26
%
Total interest-earning assets
7,829,814

 
66,351

 
3.39
%
 
12,075,212

 
94,990

 
3.15
%
Other assets
1,478,014

 
 
 
 
 
1,617,359

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
9,307,828

 
 
 
 
 
$
13,692,571

 
 
 
 
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits
$
419,677

 
$
144

 
0.14
%
 
$
388,466

 
$
239

 
0.25
%
Savings deposits 
2,871,553

 
3,331

 
0.47
%
 
2,316,859

 
4,280

 
0.75
%
Money market deposits
280,221

 
126

 
0.18
%
 
387,699

 
330

 
0.35
%
Certificates of deposit
986,968

 
1,812

 
0.74
%
 
2,931,558

 
6,507

 
0.90
%
Total retail deposits
4,558,419

 
5,413

 
0.48
%
 
6,024,582

 
11,356

 
0.76
%
Demand deposits
122,121

 
102

 
0.34
%
 
98,442

 
106

 
0.44
%
Savings deposits
209,226

 
210

 
0.41
%
 
308,811

 
357

 
0.47
%
Certificates of deposit
337,016

 
232

 
0.28
%
 
471,842

 
694

 
0.60
%
Total government deposits
668,363

 
544

 
0.33
%
 
879,095

 
1,157

 
0.53
%
Wholesale deposits
3,372

 
31

 
3.76
%
 
81,976

 
995

 
4.92
%
Total deposits
5,230,154

 
5,988

 
0.46
%
 
6,985,653

 
13,508

 
0.78
%
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
885,870

 
534

 
0.24
%
 
3,105,556

 
24,161

 
3.16
%
Other
247,435

 
1,628

 
2.67
%
 
247,435

 
1,652

 
2.71
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
6,363,459

 
8,150

 
0.52
%
 
10,338,644

 
39,321

 
1.54
%
Other liabilities (2)
1,499,628

 
 
 
 
 
2,179,945

 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
1,444,741

 
 
 
 
 
1,173,982

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
9,307,828

 
 
 
 
 
$
13,692,571

 
 
 
 
Net interest-earning assets
$
1,466,355

 
 
 
 
 
$
1,736,568

 
 
 
 
Net interest income
 
 
$
58,201

 
 
 
 
 
$
55,669

 
 
Interest rate spread (3)
 
 
 
 
2.87
%
 
 
 
 
 
1.61
%
Net interest margin (4)
 
 
 
 
2.97
%
 
 
 
 
 
1.83
%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
 
 
 
 
123.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
116.8
%
(1)
Consumer loans include: residential first mortgage, second mortgage, warehouse lending, HELOC and other consumer loans. Commercial loans include: commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and commercial lease financing loans.
(2)
Includes company controlled deposits that arise due to the servicing of loans for others, which do not bear interest.
(3)
Interest rate spread is the difference between rates of interest earned on interest-earning assets and rates of interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)
Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
 
 

63

Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following tables present the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that are presented in the preceding table. The table below distinguishes between the changes related to average outstanding balances (changes in volume while holding the initial rate constant) and the changes related to average interest rates (changes in average rates while holding the initial balance constant). Changes attributable to both a change in volume and a change in rates were included as changes in rate.  
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014 Versus 2013 Increase (Decrease)
Due to:
 
Rate
 
Volume
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-Earning Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
4,037

 
$
(17,192
)
 
$
(13,155
)
Loans repurchased with government guarantees
(2,796
)
 
(4,266
)
 
(7,062
)
Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans (1)
(1,931
)
 
(9,876
)
 
(11,807
)
                Commercial loans (2)
(1,102
)
 
(156
)
 
(1,258
)
Total loans held-for-investment
(3,033
)
 
(10,032
)
 
(13,065
)
Securities available-for-sale or trading
484

 
4,960

 
5,444

Interest-earning deposits and other
13

 
(814
)
 
(801
)
Total other interest-earning assets
$
(1,295
)
 
$
(27,344
)
 
$
(28,639
)
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits
$
(115
)
 
$
20

 
$
(95
)
Savings deposits
(1,988
)
 
1,039

 
(949
)
Money market deposits
(111
)
 
(93
)
 
(204
)
Certificates of deposits
(319
)
 
(4,376
)
 
(4,695
)
Total retail deposits
(2,533
)
 
(3,410
)
 
(5,943
)
Demand deposits
(30
)
 
26

 
(4
)
Savings deposits
(30
)
 
(117
)
 
(147
)
Certificates of deposits
(261
)
 
(201
)
 
(462
)
Total government deposits
(321
)
 
(292
)
 
(613
)
Wholesale deposits
3

 
(967
)
 
(964
)
Total deposits
(2,851
)
 
(4,669
)
 
(7,520
)
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
(6,359
)
 
(17,268
)
 
(23,627
)
Other
(24
)
 

 
(24
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
$
(9,234
)
 
$
(21,937
)
 
$
(31,171
)
Change in net interest income
$
7,939

 
$
(5,407
)
 
$
2,532

(1)
Consumer loans include residential first mortgage, second mortgage, warehouse lending, HELOC and other consumer loans.
(2)
Commercial loans include commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and commercial lease financing loans.
 
 

64

Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision reflects our estimate to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level to cover probable losses inherent in the portfolio for each of the respective periods.

The provision for loan losses was $112.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase from $20.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in the provision for loan losses during the three months ended March 31, 2014 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, was primarily driven by two changes in estimates: the evaluation of current data related to the loss emergence period and the evaluation of the risk associated with payment resets relating to the interest-only loans.

The loss emergence period is an assumption within our model and represents the average amount of time between when the loss event first occurs and when the specific loan is charged-off. The time period starts when the borrower first begins to experience financial difficulty (generally, the initial occurrence of a 30-day delinquency) and continues until the actual loss becomes visible to us (generally, upon charge-off). We analyzed our recent data including early stage delinquency, the increase in charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2014, continued emergence of nonperforming loans and our assessment of the time from first delinquency to charge-off. As a result, we qualitatively determined that our estimate of the average loss emergence period has lengthened. This change resulted in an increase to the allowance for loan loss that reflects our updated estimate of probable losses inherent in the portfolio.
In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2014 certain loans in our interest-only residential first mortgage and HELOC loan portfolios began to reset. At the point of reset, the borrower’s monthly payment will increase upon inclusion of repayments of principal and may increase as a result of changes in interest rates. The payment reset increases could give rise to a "payment shock" i.e. a sudden and significant increase in the borrower’s monthly payment. For instance, as of March 31, 2014 we estimated an average payment shock for borrowers with resets in 2014 of approximately 70 percent (i.e. their total monthly payments increase by 70 percent). The extent of the payment shock may increase the likelihood that a borrower could default.
Net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2014 totaled $12.3 million, compared to $35.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to lower levels of nonperforming loans and continuing improvements in the underlying collateral values.

As a percentage of the average loans held-for-investment, annualized net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2014 decreased to 1.36 percent from 2.93 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily attributable to lower levels of nonperforming loans along with continuing improvements in the underlying collateral values. The allowance for loan losses increased to $307.0 million at March 31, 2014, as compared to $207.0 million at December 31, 2013, due to the increase in the provision for loan losses.

See the section captioned "Allowance for Loan Losses" in this discussion for further analysis of the provision for loan losses.

Noninterest Income

The following table sets forth the components of our noninterest income. 
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Loan fees and charges
$
12,311

 
$
33,360

Deposit fees and charges
4,764

 
5,146

Loan administration
19,584

 
20,356

Net gain on loan sales
45,342

 
137,540

Net transaction costs on sales of mortgage servicing rights
3,583

 
(4,219
)
Net gain on sale of assets
2,216

 
958

Representation and warranty reserve – change in estimate
1,672

 
(17,395
)
Other noninterest (loss) income
(14,519
)
 
9,197

Total noninterest income
$
74,953

 
$
184,943


65

Table of Contents


Total noninterest income was $75.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014, which was a $109.9 million decrease from $184.9 million of noninterest income during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease during the three months ended March 31, 2014, was primarily due to decreases in the other noninterest income, net gain on loan sales and net loan fees and charges, partially offset by increases in representation and warranty reserve – change in estimate, net transaction cost on sales of mortgage servicing rights and net gain on sale of assets.
   
Loan fees and charges. Our Mortgage Originations and Community Banking segments both earn loan origination fees and collect other charges in connection with originating residential first mortgages, commercial loans and other consumer loans held-for-sale and held-for-investment. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 loan fees and charges decreased to $12.3 million, as compared to $33.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease in loan fees and charges during the three months ended March 31, 2014, is primarily due to a decrease in total loan originations to $5.0 billion, compared to $12.5 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2013. Commercial loan origination fees are capitalized and added as an adjustment to the basis of the individual loans originated. These fees are accreted into income as an adjustment to the loan yield over the life of the loan or when the loan is sold. We account for substantially all residential first mortgage originations as held-for-sale using the fair value method and no longer apply deferral of non-refundable fees and costs to those loans.

Deposit fees and charges. Our Community Banking segment collects deposit fees and other charges such as fees for non-sufficient funds, cashier check fees, ATM fees, overdraft protection and other account fees for services we provide to our banking customers. Our total number of customer checking accounts increased from approximately 110,000 at March 31, 2013 to approximately 112,000 as of March 31, 2014.
    
Loan administration. When our Mortgage Originations and Mortgage Servicing segments sells mortgage loans in the secondary market, they usually retain the right to continue to service these loans and earn a servicing fee, also referred to herein as loan administration income. Our mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs") are accounted for utilizing the fair value method with changes in fair value recorded as a component of loan administration income.

The following table summarizes loan administration income. 
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Income on residential first mortgage servicing
 
 
 
Servicing fees, ancillary income and charges (1)
$
18,979

 
$
54,276

Subservicing fees, ancillary income and charges
5,323

 

Fair value adjustments
(9,592
)
 
(15,641
)
(Loss) gain on hedging activity
4,874

 
(18,279
)
Total net loan administration income
$
19,584

 
$
20,356

(1)
Includes the servicing fees, ancillary income and charges on other consumer mortgage servicing.

The decrease in loan administration income during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily due to a decline in mortgage loan origination volume and sales of our MSR asset, offset by the lower pace of decline in the fair value adjustment to our MSR’s and gains incurred in our MSR hedging activity, which was primarily the result of the fourth quarter 2013 sale of the MSR asset. Subservicing fees, ancillary income and charges on our residential first mortgage servicing increased during the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily the result of the December 2013 MSR bulk sale, which we simultaneously entered into an agreement to subservice the residential mortgage loans. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we sold mortgage servicing rights on a bulk basis associated with underlying mortgage loans totaling $10.7 billion and on a mortgage servicing released basis totaling $0.1 billion. We had $470.2 million of sales on a flow basis during the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to no sales on a flow basis during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The total unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others at March 31, 2014 was $29.0 billion, compared to $73.9 billion at March 31, 2013. The total unpaid principal balance of loans subserviced for others at March 31, 2014 was $39.6 billion, compared to zero at March 31, 2013.

Net gain on loan sales. Our Mortgage Originations segment records the transaction fee income it generates from the origination of residential first mortgage loans. The amount of net gain on loan sales recognized is a function of the volume of

66

Table of Contents

mortgage loans originated for sale and the fair value of these loans, net of related selling expenses. Net gain on loan sales is increased or decreased by any mark to market pricing adjustments on loan commitments and forward sales commitments, increases to the representation and warranty reserve related to loans sold during the period, and related administrative expenses. The volatility in the gain on sale spread is attributable to market pricing, which changes with demand and the general level of interest rates. Historically, pricing competition on mortgage loans is lower in periods of low or decreasing interest rates, due to higher consumer demand usually evidenced by higher loan origination levels, resulting in higher spreads on origination. Conversely, pricing competition increases when interest rates rise, which generally reduces consumer demand, thus decreasing spreads on origination and compressing gain on sale. Increases or decreases in competition may also arise as competitors enter and/or leave the loan origination market.

The following table provides information on our net gain on loan sales reported in our consolidated financial statements and loans sold within the period. 
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
September 30, 2013
 
June 30, 2013
 
March 31, 2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Net gain on loan sales
$
45,342

 
$
44,790

 
$
75,073

 
$
144,791

 
$
137,540

Mortgage rate lock commitments (gross)
$
6,039,871

 
$
6,481,782

 
$
8,340,000

 
$
12,353,000

 
$
12,142,000

Loans sold and securitized
$
4,474,287

 
$
6,783,212

 
$
8,344,737

 
$
11,123,821

 
$
12,822,879

Net margin on loan sales
1.01
%
 
0.66
%
 
0.90
%
 
1.30
%
 
1.07
%
Mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout adjusted) (1)
$
4,853,637

 
$
5,298,728

 
$
6,605,432

 
$
9,837,573

 
$
9,848,417

Net margin on mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout adjusted) (1)
0.93
%
 
0.85
%
 
1.14
%
 
1.47
%
 
1.40
%
(1)
Fallout adjusted are mortgage rate lock commitments which are adjusted by a percentage of mortgage loans in the pipeline that are not expected to close based on previous historical experience and the level of interest rates.

The decrease in net gain on loan sales for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, was primarily due to a decrease in loan origination volume. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, the gross mortgage rate-lock commitments of $6.0 billion also decreased, compared to $12.1 billion in the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to increased mortgage interest rates and lower mortgage loan production consistent with industry trends. Loan sales correspondingly decreased to $4.5 billion during three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to $12.8 billion in loan sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

The net gain on loan sale includes changes in amounts related to derivatives, lower of cost or fair value adjustments on loans transferred to held-for-investment and provisions to representation and warranty reserve. Changes in amounts related to loan commitments and forward sales commitments amounted to losses of $5.6 million and $39.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The provision for representation and warranty reserve included in net gain on loan sales reflects our initial estimate of losses on probable mortgage repurchases arising from current loan sales and amounted to $1.2 million and $5.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.
  
Net transaction costs on sales of mortgage servicing rights. As part of our business model, our Mortgage Servicing segment has occasionally sold MSRs in transactions separate from the sale of the underlying loans. Recently in response to evolving regulatory views and capital requirements associated with MSRs, we have begun to sell large portfolios of our MSRs. We carry our MSRs at fair value. Our income or loss on changes in the valuation of MSRs is recorded through our loan administration income. The gain or loss recognized represents the transaction costs and the reserves on the sales completed during the period or adjustments to transaction costs or reserves from prior sales.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recorded income related to sales of MSRs of $3.6 million, compared to an expense of $4.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase reflects a release of hold back reserves during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to expenses incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2013 related to bulk sales. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we had no sales of mortgage servicing rights on a bulk basis or on a mortgage servicing released basis (i.e., sold together with the sale of the underlying loans).


67

Table of Contents

Representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate. We maintain a representation and warranty reserve to account for the probable losses inherent in loans we might be required to repurchase (or the indemnity payments we may have to make to purchasers). The representation and warranty reserve takes into account both our estimate of probable losses inherent in loans sold during the current accounting period, as well as adjustments due to our change in estimate of probable losses from probable repurchase obligations related to loans sold in prior periods.

Estimating the balance of the representation and warranty reserve involves using assumptions regarding future repurchase request volumes, probable loss severity on these requests and claims appeal success rates. The assumptions used to estimate the representation and warranty reserve contain a level of uncertainty and risk that could have a material impact on the reserve balance if they differ from actual results. For instance, to illustrate the sensitivity of the reserve to adverse changes, if the expected levels of demands in the model assumptions increased or decreased by 20.0 percent at March 31, 2014, the result would be a $6.2 million increase or decrease in the representation and warranty reserve balance. If our loss severity rate increased or decreased by 20.0 percent at March 31, 2014, the result would be a $7.4 million increase or decrease in the representation and warranty reserve balance. In order to estimate the sensitivity of the representation and warranty reserve to a particular factor, the factors were varied within the model while keeping the other variables constant. For example, when estimating the impact to the representation and warranty reserve due to a change in expected levels of demands, the level of expected demands for each vintage within the model varied by the same percentage, holding other factors constant.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we released reserves in the amount of $1.7 million, compared to an addition to the reserve in the amount of $17.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease in expense during the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily due to lower loss rates following the settlement with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

Other noninterest income. Other noninterest income includes certain miscellaneous fees, including dividends received on Federal Home Loan Bank stock and our fair value adjustment relating to the loans held-for-investment carried under the fair value option.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, other noninterest income decreased to a loss of $14.5 million, compared to income of $9.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease during the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 included a $21.1 million adjustment to the originally recorded fair value of performing repurchased loans, primarily caused by liquidity risk.

Noninterest Expense

The following table sets forth the components of our noninterest expense.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Compensation and benefits
$
65,572

 
$
77,208

Commissions
7,220

 
17,462

Occupancy and equipment
20,410

 
19,375

Asset resolution
11,508

 
16,445

Federal insurance premiums
5,010

 
11,240

Loan processing expense
7,735

 
17,111

Legal and professional expense
13,902

 
28,839

Other noninterest expense
7,895

 
8,910

Total noninterest expense
$
139,252

 
$
196,590

Efficiency ratio (1) 
104.6
%
 
81.7
%
Efficiency ratio (adjusted) (2)
91.3
%
 
76.2
%
(1)
Total operating and administrative expenses divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.
(2)
Based on efficiency ratios as calculated, less representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate and significant one-time items; "Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures."


68

Table of Contents

The 29.2 percent decrease in noninterest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, was primarily due to decreases in legal and professional fees, compensation and benefits, commissions and loan processing expense.

Compensation and benefits. The $11.6 million decrease in compensation and benefits expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to a reduction in headcount. Our full-time equivalent non-commissioned salaried employees decreased from 3,456 at March 31, 2013 to 2,483 at March 31, 2014. The decrease in our full-time equivalent non-commissioned salaried employees was primarily due to the organization restructuring that was previously announced in January 2014.

Commissions. Commissions expense, which is a variable cost associated with loan originations, totaled $7.2 million, equal to 14 basis points of total loan originations during the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to $17.5 million, equal to 14 basis points of total loan originations in the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease in commissions was primarily due to the decrease in loan originations for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Loan originations decreased to $5.0 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $12.5 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Asset resolution. Asset resolution expenses consist of expenses associated with foreclosed properties (including the foreclosure claims in process with respect to government insured loans for which we file claims with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development) and other disposition and carrying costs, loss provisions, and gains and losses on the sale of real estate owned properties that we have obtained through foreclosure or other proceedings.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 asset resolution expenses decreased $4.9 million to $11.5 million, as compared to $16.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease during the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily due to a reduction in foreclosure expenses.

Federal insurance premiums. Our federal insurance expense decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $5.0 million, as compared to $11.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The $6.2 million decrease was primarily due to a decrease in both our assessment rate and assessment base. The decrease in the assessment rate was due to a reduction in higher risk assets as well as an improvement in historical core earnings. The reduction in the assessment base was primarily due to a decrease in average total assets from the three months ended March 31, 2013 to the three months ended March 31, 2014.
    
Loan processing expense. Loan processing expense decreased to $7.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to $17.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to a $7.5 billion decrease in loan originations during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, total loan originations were $5.0 billion, as compared to $12.5 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Legal and professional expense. Legal and professional expense decreased by $14.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to a $10.9 million decrease in consulting expense and a $5.1 million decrease in legal fee expense.

Efficiency Ratio

The efficiency ratio generally measures how effective the company is operating, measured by dividing noninterest expense by total revenues (net interest income plus noninterest income). Given the significant amount of one-time items that flow through our noninterest expense and noninterest income, we show our efficiency ratio on an adjusted basis as well. Our unadjusted efficiency ratio increased to 104.6 percent during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to 81.7 percent during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in our efficiency ratio for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to three months ended March 31, 2013 was driven primarily by a decrease in net interest income and noninterest income, partially offset by decreases in compensation and benefits, commissions expense and loan processing expense.

Provision for Federal Income Taxes

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, our effective tax rate was a benefit of 33.8 percent, as compared to a provision of zero percent for the three months ended March 31, 2013. See Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.


69

Table of Contents

OPERATING SEGMENTS

Overview

For detail on each segment's objectives, strategies, and priorities, please read this section in conjunction with Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein, for a full understanding of our consolidated financial performance.

In January 2014, we reorganized the manner in which our operations are managed based on core operating functions. The segments are based on an internally-aligned segment leadership structure, which is also how the results are monitored and performance assessed. We expect that the combination of our business model and the services that our operating segments provide will result in a competitive advantage that supports revenue and earnings. Our business model emphasizes the delivery of a complete set of mortgage and banking products and services, including originating, acquiring, selling and servicing one-to-four family residential first mortgage loans, which we believe is distinguished by timely processing and customer service.

The business model emphasizes the delivery of a complete set of mortgage and banking products and services, and is distinguished by local delivery, customer service and product pricing. We have four major operating segments: Mortgage Originations, Mortgage Servicing, Community Banking and Other. The Mortgage Originations segment originates, acquires and sells mortgage loans. The origination and acquisition of mortgage loans is the majority of the lending activity. Mortgage loans are originated through home loan centers, a direct to consumer call center, the Internet, wholesale brokers and correspondents. The net interest income and the gains from sales associated with these loans are recognized in the Mortgage Originations segment. The Mortgage Servicing segment services mortgage loans on a fee basis for others, residential mortgages held-for-investment by the Community Banking segment, and mortgage servicing rights held by the Other segment. The Community Banking segment originates loans and collects deposits from consumer and business customers through the Commercial, Business and Government, Branch Banking, and Loans Held-for-Investment Portfolio groups. Products offered through these groups include checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, investment and insurance services, consumer loans and commercial loans. Other financial services available to consumer and commercial customers include lines of credit, revolving credit, customized treasury management solutions, equipment leasing, inventory and accounts receivable lending and capital markets services such as interest rate risk protection products. The Other segment includes corporate treasury, income and expense impact of equity and cash, the effect of eliminations of transactions between segments, tax benefits not assigned to specific operating segments, charges or credits of unusual or infrequent nature that are not reflective of the normal operations of the operating segments and miscellaneous other expenses of a corporate nature. Corporate treasury functions include investment securities portfolio administration, balance sheet funding, interest rate risk management, and MSR asset valuation, hedging and sales into the secondary market. Each operating segment supports and complements the operations of the other, with funding for the Mortgage Originations segment primarily provided by deposits obtained through Community Banking, and with the Community Banking segment providing warehouse lines of credit to mortgage originators, most of which sell loans to the Mortgage Originations segment.

The operating segment results are generated utilizing our management reporting system, which assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each of the operating segments. The process is designed around our organizational and management structure and, accordingly, the results derived may not be directly comparable with similar information published by other financial institutions. Revenue is recorded in the operating segment responsible for the related product or service.

The management accounting process that develops the operating segment reporting utilizes various estimates and allocation methodologies to measure the performance of the operating segments. Expenses are allocated to operating segments using a two-phase approach. The first phase consists of measuring and assigning costs to activities within each operating area to create a driver-based cost. These driver-based costs are then allocated, with the resulting amount allocated to operating segments that own the related products. The second phase consists of the allocation of overhead costs to all three operating segments from the Other segment.


70

Table of Contents

The net income (loss) by operating segment is presented in the following table.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Mortgage Originations
$
17,756

 
$
91,150

Mortgage Servicing
(14,974
)
 
(25,581
)
Community Banking
(137,104
)
 
(19,840
)
Other
55,899

 
(22,122
)
    Total net income
$
(78,423
)
 
$
23,607

    
The selected average balances by operating segment are presented in the following table.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Average loans held-for-sale
 
 
 
Mortgage Originations
$
1,219,183

 
$
2,993,998

Community Banking
77,935

 
622,197

Average loans repurchased with government guarantees
 
 
 
Mortgage Servicing
$
1,269,781

 
$
1,774,235

Average loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
Community Banking
$
3,863,895

 
$
4,827,542

Average total assets
 
 
 
Mortgage Originations
$
1,363,467

 
$
3,081,173

Mortgage Servicing
1,414,762

 
2,070,051

Community Banking
3,927,294

 
5,439,939

Other
2,602,305

 
3,101,408

Average interest-bearing deposits
 
 
 
Community Banking
$
5,230,154

 
$
6,915,974

Average total debt
 
 
 
Other
$
1,133,305

 
$
3,352,991


71

Table of Contents

Mortgage Originations

Our Mortgage Originations segment originates, acquires and sells one-to-four family residential first mortgage loans. We sell substantially all of the residential mortgage loans we produce into the secondary market on a whole loan basis or by first securitizing the loans into mortgage-backed securities. Our securitizations are with the Agencies. During 2013 and continuing into 2014, we remained one of the country's leading mortgage loan originators. We utilize three production channels to originate or acquire mortgage loans: home lending (also referred to as "retail"), as well as brokers and correspondents (also collectively referred to as "wholesale"). Each production channel originates mortgage loan products which are underwritten to the same standards. We expect to continue to leverage technology to streamline the mortgage origination process, thereby bringing service and convenience to brokers and correspondents. Sales support offices are maintained to assist brokers and correspondents nationwide. We also continue to make available to our customers various web-based tools that facilitate the mortgage loan origination process through each of our production channels. Brokers and correspondents are able to register and lock loans, check the status of inventory, deliver documents in electronic format, generate closing documents, and request funds through the Internet. Funding for our Mortgage Originations segment is provided primarily by deposits and borrowings obtained by our Community Banking segment.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
2014
 
2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
$
12,092

 
$
21,657

Loan fees and charges
10,654

 
28,597

Net gain on loan sales
47,437

 
143,207

Other noninterest income
1,324

 
1,925

Compensation and benefits
(21,641
)
 
(25,034
)
Commissions
(7,272
)
 
(17,245
)
Loan processing expense
(3,096
)
 
(11,360
)
Other noninterest expense
(21,742
)
 
(50,597
)
Net income
$
17,756

 
$
91,150

Average balances


 
 
Total loans held-for-sale
$
1,219,183

 
$
2,993,998

Total assets
1,363,467

 
3,081,173


The Mortgage Originations segment net income decreased $73.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in net gain on loan sales, partially offset by a decrease in noninterest expense. Net loan fees and charges decreased to $10.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to $28.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to a decrease in residential first mortgage originations. The decrease in net gain on loan sales during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily due to lower residential first mortgage rate lock commitments and a lower gain on sale margin during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Compensation and benefits decreased to $21.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to $25.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to a decrease in employee benefit and incentive compensation costs. The decreases in commissions and loan processing expense were primarily due to lower residential first mortgage originations during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, other noninterest expense decreased to $21.7 million, as compared to $50.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to reduced corporate overhead and direct operating allocations.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, 57.5 percent of our residential first mortgage originations were purchase mortgages, as compared to 18.8 percent during the three months ended March 31, 2013. Historically, the purchase and refinance mix of our mortgage originations has generally tracked the mix of the overall mortgage industry. This is also the case in each of our production channels.

Home Lending .  In a home lending transaction, loans are originated through a nationwide network of stand-alone home loan centers, as well as referrals from our Community Banking segment and the national direct to consumer call center. When loans are originated on a retail basis, most aspects of the lending process are completed internally including the

72

Table of Contents

origination documentation (inclusive of customer disclosures) as well as the funding of the transactions. At March 31, 2014 we maintained 33 loan origination centers. At the same time, our centralized loan processing provides efficiencies and allows lending sales staff to focus on originations.
    
Broker. In a broker transaction, an unaffiliated bank or mortgage brokerage company completes several steps of the loan origination process including the loan paperwork, but the loans are underwritten on a loan-level basis to our underwriting standards and we supply the funding for the loan at closing (also known as "table funding") thereby becoming the lender of record. Currently, we have active broker relationships with approximately 1,100 banks, credit unions and mortgage brokerage companies located in all 50 states.
  
Correspondent. In a correspondent transaction, an unaffiliated bank or mortgage company completes the loan paperwork and also supplies the funding for the loan at closing. After the bank or mortgage company has funded the transaction, we purchase the loan at a market price. We do not acquire loans from correspondents on a bulk basis without prior review. Instead, we perform a full review of each loan, purchasing only those that were originated in accordance with our underwriting guidelines. We have active correspondent relationships with approximately 1,000 companies, including banks, credit unions and mortgage companies located in all 50 states.

As of March 31, 2014, we ranked in the top ten mortgage lenders nationwide based on our residential first mortgage loan originations. The following tables disclose residential first mortgage loan originations by channel, type and mix for each respective period.
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
September 30, 2013
 
June 30, 2013
 
March 31, 2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Home Lending Centers
$
226,007

 
$
296,123

 
$
411,940

 
$
575,016

 
$
697,340

Broker
1,091,068

 
1,591,372

 
1,845,465

 
2,974,555

 
3,201,371

Correspondent
3,545,588

 
4,548,166

 
5,478,385

 
7,332,558

 
8,524,540

Total
$
4,862,663

 
$
6,435,661

 
$
7,735,790

 
$
10,882,129

 
$
12,423,251

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase originations
$
2,796,654

 
$
3,672,538

 
$
3,682,411

 
$
3,146,501

 
$
2,339,269

Refinance originations
2,066,009

 
2,763,123

 
4,053,379

 
7,735,628

 
10,083,982

Total
$
4,862,663

 
$
6,435,661

 
$
7,735,790

 
$
10,882,129

 
$
12,423,251

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Conventional
$
2,950,876

 
$
4,130,976

 
$
5,247,910

 
$
7,681,337

 
$
8,591,784

Government
1,215,652

 
1,560,059

 
1,930,538

 
2,535,378

 
2,799,000

Jumbo
696,135

 
744,626

 
557,342

 
665,414

 
1,032.467

Total
$
4,862,663

 
$
6,435,661

 
$
7,735,790

 
$
10,882,129

 
$
12,423,251


73


Mortgage Servicing

The Mortgage Servicing segment services and subservices mortgage loans on a fee basis for others. Also, the Mortgage Servicing segment services, on a fee basis, residential mortgages held-for-investment by the Community Banking segment and mortgage servicing rights held by the Other segment. Funding for our Mortgage Servicing segment is provided primarily by deposits and borrowings obtained by our Community Banking segment.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
2014
 
2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
$
5,446

 
$
12,027

Loan administration
11,879

 
12,462

Representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate
1,672

 
(17,395
)
Other noninterest income
1,261

 
(2,329
)
Compensation and benefits
(3,741
)
 
(8,547
)
Asset resolution
(10,798
)
 
(19,064
)
Loan processing expense
(3,971
)
 
(4,385
)
Other noninterest expense
(16,722
)
 
1,650

Net loss
$
(14,974
)
 
$
(25,581
)
Average balances
 
 
 
Total loans repurchased with government guarantees
$
1,269,781

 
$
1,774,235

Total assets
1,414,762

 
2,070,051


The Mortgage Servicing segment reported a net loss of $15.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to a loss of $25.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to decreases in representation and warrant reserve - change in estimate and asset resolution expense, partially offset by an increase in corporate overhead and direct operating allocations. The decrease in the representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate for the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, was primarily due to a lower level of charge-offs.

Noninterest expense decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to a decrease in compensation and benefits and a decrease in asset resolution. Compensation and benefits decreased to $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to $8.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to a reduction in workforce. Asset resolution expense decreased to $10.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to $19.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as a result of a reduction in foreclosure expenses. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, other noninterest expense increased to $16.7 million, as compared to income of $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to corporate overhead and direct operating allocations.

The following table indicates the breakdown of our loan sales/securitizations for the period as indicated.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014 Principal Sold %
 
2013 Principal Sold %
Agency securitizations
99.4
%
 
99.0
%
Whole loan sales
0.6
%
 
1.0
%
Total
100.0
%
 
100.0
%

Upon our sale of mortgage loans, we may retain the servicing of the mortgage loans. When we do so, the MSRs are held by the Other segment, which receives a servicing fee equal to a specified percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the loans. The Other segment may also be entitled to receive additional servicing compensation, such as late payment fees and earn additional income through the use of noninterest bearing escrows. The Other segment pays a fee to the Mortgage Servicing segment for the servicing provided on the MSRs held by the Other segment.

The Mortgage Servicing segment primarily services mortgage loans for others. Servicing of residential mortgage loans for third parties generates fee income and represents a significant business activity. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013,

74


we serviced portfolios of mortgage loans of $29.0 billion and $25.7 billion, respectively. We had a total average balance of serviced mortgage loans of $27.9 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and $79.0 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2013, which generated revenue of $24.3 million and $54.3 million, respectively.

The Mortgage Servicing segment also began subservicing mortgage loans for others in the fourth quarter 2013. Subservicing residential mortgage loans for third parties generates fee income. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we subserviced portfolios of mortgage loans of $39.6 billion and $40.4 billion, respectively. We had a total average balance of subserviced mortgage loans of $39.9 billion, which generated gross revenue of $6.0 million, during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

The following table presents the unpaid principal balance (net of write downs) of residential loans serviced and the number of accounts associated with those loans.
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
Amount
 
Number of accounts
 
Amount
 
Number of accounts
Residential loan servicing
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Serviced for own loan portfolio (1)
$
4,481,592

 
28,072

 
$
4,375,009

 
28,069

Serviced for others
28,998,897

 
146,339

 
25,743,396

 
131,413

Subserviced for other (2)
39,554,373

 
195,448

 
40,431,867

 
198,256

Total residential loans serviced for others (2)
$
73,034,862

 
369,859

 
$
70,550,272

 
357,738

(1)
Includes both loans held-for-investment (residential first mortgage, second mortgage and HELOC) and loans held-for-sale (residential first mortgage).
(2)
Does not include temporary short-term subservicing performed as a result of some sales of servicing.
 
Community Banking

Our Community Banking segment consists primarily of four groups: Branch Banking, Commercial and Business Banking, Warehouse Lending and Held-for-Investment Portfolio. The groups within the Community Banking segment originate consumer loans, commercial loans and warehouse loans, accept consumer, business and governmental deposits, offer investments and insurance services, liquidity management products and capital markets services. The liquidity management products include customized treasury management solutions and international wire services. Capital market services that allow for risk mitigation are offered through interest rate swap products. At March 31, 2014, Branch Banking included 106 banking centers located throughout Michigan. During the first quarter 2014, we relocated one and closed five banking centers to better align the branch structure with the Company's focus on key market areas and to improve banking center efficiencies. Commercial and Business Banking includes relationship and portfolio managers throughout Michigan's major markets. Warehouse Lending offers lines of credit to other mortgage lenders, allowing those lenders to fund the closing of residential first mortgage loans.


75

Table of Contents

    
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
2014
 
2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
$
34,719

 
$
43,151

Provision for loan losses
(112,321
)
 
(20,415
)
Deposit fees and charges
4,763

 
5,147

Other noninterest (loss) income
(20,406
)
 
4,852

Compensation and benefits
(15,536
)
 
(18,764
)
Federal insurance premiums
(3,415
)
 
(6,867
)
Other noninterest expense
(24,908
)
 
(26,944
)
Net loss
$
(137,104
)
 
$
(19,840
)
Average balances
 
 
 
Total loans held-for-sale
$
77,935

 
$
622,197

Total loans held-for-investment
3,863,895

 
4,827,542

Total assets
3,927,294

 
5,439,939

Total interest-bearing deposits
5,230,154

 
6,915,974


During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Community Banking segment reported an increase in net loss, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in provision for loan losses and a decrease in noninterest income, partially offset by a decrease in noninterest expenses.

Net interest income decreased during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, as a result of lower average warehouse loans and residential first mortgage held-for-investment loans. The provision for loan losses increased to $112.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to $20.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily driven by two changes in estimates: the evaluation of current data related to the loss emergence period and the evaluation of the enhanced risk associated with payment resets relating to the interest-only loans.

Noninterest income decreased during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to an adjustment to the originally recorded fair value of performing repurchased loans caused by liquidity risk which will not repeat.

Noninterest expense decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, due to decreases in compensation and benefits and federal insurance premiums.

Loans held-for-investment
    
Residential first mortgage loans. At March 31, 2014, most of our held-for-investment residential first mortgage loans had been originated in 2008 or prior years with underwriting criteria that varied by product and with the standards in place at the time of origination. Loans originated after 2008 are loans that generally satisfy specific criteria for sale into securitization pools insured by the Agencies or were repurchased from the Agencies subsequent to such sales. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we originated $224.7 million of amortizing jumbo adjustable-rate mortgages (adjustable-rate mortgages with loan balances above the Agencies limits) for our held-for-investment portfolio.

At March 31, 2014, the largest geographic concentrations of our residential first mortgage loans in our held-for-investment portfolio were in California, Florida and Michigan, which represented 52.4 percent.


76

Table of Contents

The following table identifies our held-for-investment mortgages by major category, at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
 
Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 
Average Note Rate
 
Average Original FICO Score
 
Average Current FICO Score (2)
 
Weighted Average Maturity
 
Average Original LTV Ratio
 
Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (3)
March 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential first mortgage loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortizing
$
1,299,582

 
4.02
%
 
707

 
697

 
298

 
76.5
%
 
77.0
%
Interest only
1,016,984

 
3.71
%
 
725

 
734

 
262

 
74.5
%
 
81.3
%
Option ARMs
35,357

 
2.93
%
 
718

 
710

 
292

 
69.3
%
 
90.2
%
Subprime (4)
2,994

 
8.19
%
 
627

 
640

 
278

 
71.2
%
 
90.6
%
Total residential first mortgage loans
$
2,354,917

 
3.88
%
 
715

 
713

 
282

 
75.5
%
 
79.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortizing
$
1,392,778

 
4.03
%
 
707

 
695

 
302

 
75.3
%
 
78.9
%
Interest only
1,051,157

 
3.76
%
 
724

 
733

 
264

 
74.6
%
 
83.7
%
Option ARMs
37,159

 
2.94
%
 
717

 
708

 
297

 
69.2
%
 
92.0
%
Subprime (4)
3,230

 
8.16
%
 
628

 
643

 
282

 
70.2
%
 
92.0
%
Total residential first mortgage loans
$
2,484,324

 
3.90
%
 
714

 
711

 
286

 
74.9
%
 
81.2
%
(1)
Unpaid principal balance, net of write downs, does not include premiums or discounts.
(2)
Current FICO scores obtained at various times during the three months ended March 31, 2014.
(3)
The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of December 31, 2013.
(4)
Subprime loans are defined in accordance with the FDIC's assessment regulations definitions for subprime loans, which includes loans with FICO scores below 620 or similar characteristics.

    
    

77

Table of Contents

The following table identifies our held-for-investment mortgages by major category, at March 31, 2014.
March 31, 2014
Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 
Average Note Rate
 
Average Original FICO Score
 
Average Current FICO Score (2)
 
Weighted Average Maturity (months)
 
Average Original LTV Ratio
 
Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortizing
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3/1 ARM
$
122,801

 
3.27
%
 
691

 
701

 
252

 
79.9
%
 
75.0
%
5/1 ARM
335,442

 
3.46
%
 
721

 
731

 
274

 
73.4
%
 
68.4
%
7/1 ARM
90,892

 
3.75
%
 
755

 
762

 
341

 
71.2
%
 
69.5
%
Other ARM
51,806

 
3.16
%
 
677

 
689

 
243

 
83.2
%
 
71.7
%
Fixed mortgage loans (4)
698,641

 
4.53
%
 
699

 
672

 
316

 
77.6
%
 
83.0
%
Total amortizing
1,299,582

 
4.02
%
 
707

 
697

 
298

 
76.5
%
 
77.1
%
Interest only
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3/1 ARM
167,464

 
3.42
%
 
722

 
726

 
256

 
74.5
%
 
80.2
%
5/1 ARM
645,489

 
3.24
%
 
724

 
737

 
258

 
75.0
%
 
80.0
%
7/1 ARM
35,727

 
5.15
%
 
729

 
730

 
279

 
74.6
%
 
91.2
%
Other ARM
48,371

 
3.21
%
 
737

 
743

 
286

 
70.8
%
 
73.1
%
Other interest only
119,933

 
6.45
%
 
729

 
725

 
277

 
74.1
%
 
91.1
%
Total interest only
1,016,984

 
3.71
%
 
725

 
734

 
262

 
74.6
%
 
81.3
%
Option ARMs
35,357

 
2.93
%
 
718

 
710

 
292

 
69.3
%
 
90.2
%
Subprime (5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3/1 ARM
48

 
10.30
%
 
685

 
734

 
259

 
95.0
%
 
67.0
%
Other ARM
72

 
9.75
%
 
572

 
593

 
267

 
90.0
%
 
78.9
%
Other subprime
2,874

 
8.11
%
 
628

 
640

 
279

 
70.4
%
 
91.3
%
Total subprime
2,994

 
8.19
%
 
627

 
640

 
278

 
71.2
%
 
90.7
%
Total residential first mortgage loans
$
2,354,917

 
3.88
%
 
715

 
713

 
282

 
75.6
%
 
79.1
%
Second mortgage loans (6) (7)
$
165,150

 
7.01
%
 
729

 
729

 
114

 
20.7
%
 
20.5
%
HELOC loans (6) (7)
$
273,085

 
5.56
%
 
728

 
728

 
48

 
26.2
%
 
26.4
%
(1)
Unpaid principal balance, net of write downs, does not include premiums or discounts.
(2)
Current FICO scores obtained at various times during the three months ended March 31, 2014.
(3)
The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of December 31, 2013.
(4)
Includes substantially fixed rate mortgage loans.
(5)
Subprime loans are defined in accordance with the FDIC's assessment regulations definitions for subprime loans, which includes loans with FICO scores below 620 or similar characteristics.
(6)
Reflects lower LTV only as to second liens because information regarding the first liens is not available.
(7)
Includes $61.5 million and $150.6 million of second mortgage and HELOC loans, respectively, that are accounted for under the fair value option at March 31, 2014.

78

Table of Contents

Adjustable-rate mortgage loans.  Adjustable rate mortgage ("ARM") loans held-for-investment were originated using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines as a base framework, and the debt-to-income ratio guidelines and documentation typically followed the AUS guidelines. Our underwriting guidelines were designed with the intent to minimize layered risk. The maximum ratios allowable for purposes of both the LTV ratio and the combined loan-to-value ("CLTV") ratio, which includes second mortgages on the same collateral, was 100 percent, but subordinate (or second mortgage) financing was not allowed over a 90 percent LTV ratio. At a 100 percent LTV ratio with private mortgage insurance, the minimum acceptable FICO score, or the "floor," was 700, and at lower LTV ratio levels, the FICO floor was 620. All occupancy and specific-purpose loan types were allowed at lower LTVs. At times ARMs were underwritten at an initial rate, also known as the "start rate," that was lower than the fully indexed rate but only for loans with lower LTV ratios and higher FICO scores. Other ARMs were either underwritten at the note rate if the initial fixed term was two years or greater, or at the note rate plus two percentage points if the initial fixed rate term was six months to one year.

Option ARMs. We previously offered option ARMs, which are adjustable rate mortgage loans that permit a borrower to select one of three monthly payment options when the loan is first originated: (i) a principal and interest payment that would fully repay the loan over its stated term, (ii) an interest-only payment that would require the borrower to pay only the interest due each month but would have a period (usually 10 years) after which the entire amount of the loan would need to be repaid or refinanced, and (iii) a minimum payment amount selected by the borrower and which might include principal and some interest, with the unpaid interest added to the balance of the loan (i.e., a process known as "negative amortization").

Set forth below are the accumulated amounts of interest income arising from the net negative amortization portion of loans during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.  
 
Unpaid Principal Balance of Loans in Negative Amortization At Year-End (1)
 
Amount of Net Negative
Amortization Accumulated as
Interest Income During Period
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
$
22,226

 
$
2,314

2013
$
26,875

 
$
2,553

2012
$
54,898

 
$
5,340

(1)
Unpaid principal balance (net of write downs) does not include premiums or discounts.

Set forth below are the frequencies at which the interest rate on ARM loans outstanding at March 31, 2014, will reset.
Reset frequency
# of Loans
 
Balance
 
% of the Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Monthly
98

 
$
18,605

 
1.2
%
Semi-annually
2,916

 
892,403

 
58.2
%
Annually
2,436

 
347,655

 
22.7
%
No reset — nonperforming loans
1,077

 
274,805

 
17.9
%
Total
6,527

 
$
1,533,468

 
100.0
%
    
Set forth below as of March 31, 2014, are the amounts of the ARM loans in our held-for-investment loan portfolio with interest rate reset dates in the periods noted. As noted in the above table, loans may reset more than once over a three-year period and nonperforming loans do not reset while in the nonperforming status. Accordingly, the table below may include the same loans in more than one period.
 
1st Quarter
 
2nd Quarter
 
3rd Quarter
 
4th Quarter
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2014 (1)
N/A
 
$
525,571

 
$
560,066

 
$
548,827

2015
555,520

 
570,778

 
579,781

 
563,667

2016
567,986

 
579,686

 
587,615

 
571,635

Later years (2)
627,191

 
627,495

 
652,158

 
626,248

(1)
Reflect loans that have reset through March 31, 2014.
(2)
Later years reflect one reset period per loan.



79

Table of Contents

Interest-only mortgages. We offer, on a limited basis, adjustable-rate, fixed term loans with 10-year, interest-only options. These loans were originated using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines as a base framework. We generally applied the debt-to-income ratio guidelines and documentation using the automated underwriting Approve/Reject response requirements of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. During 2013, we began originating interest-only home equity line of credit loans that were secured by first lien mortgages. These loans have a 10-year interest-only draw period followed by a 20-year fixed fully amortizing period.

Set forth below is a table describing the characteristics of the interest-only mortgage loans in our held-for-investment mortgage portfolio at March 31, 2014, by year of origination.
Year of Origination
2004 and Prior
 
2005
 
2006
 
2007
 
Post 2008
 
Total / Weighted Average
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Unpaid principal balance (1)
$
335,034

 
$
351,814

 
$
64,963

 
$
246,791

 
$
18,382

 
$
1,016,984

Average note rate
3.34
%
 
3.36
%
 
3.59
%
 
4.77
%
 
3.44
%
 
3.71
%
Average original FICO score
719

 
728

 
727

 
724

 
757

 
725

Average current FICO score (2)
731

 
740

 
726

 
730

 
752

 
734

Average original LTV ratio
74.9
%
 
75.0
%
 
74.6
%
 
74.3
%
 
62.3
%
 
74.6
%
Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (3)
71.1
%
 
83.7
%
 
90.2
%
 
91.6
%
 
52.9
%
 
81.3
%
Underwritten with low or stated income documentation
28.0
%
 
32.0
%
 
46.0
%
 
51.0
%
 
2.0
%
 
36.0
%
(1)
Unpaid principal balance (net of write downs) does not include premiums or discounts.
(2)
Current FICO scores obtained at various times during the three months ended March 31, 2014.
(3)
The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level FHFA data as of December 31, 2013.

Set forth below is a table describing the amortization date and payment shock of current interest only mortgage loans at the dates indicated in our held-for-investment mortgage portfolio at March 31, 2014.
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
Thereafter
 
Total / Weighted Average
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Unpaid principal balance (1)
$
266,212

 
$
351,265

 
$
57,384

 
$
271,559

 
$
21,212

 
$
967,632

Weighted average rate
3.38
%
 
3.35
%
 
3.36
%
 
4.41
%
 
3.17
%
 
3.53
%
Average original monthly payment per loan (dollars)
$
1,358

 
$
1,398

 
$
1,635

 
$
2,685

 
$
425

 
$
1,539

Average current monthly payment per loan (dollars)
$
1,038

 
$
785

 
$
855

 
$
1,921

 
$
241

 
$
1,009

Average amortizing payment per loan (dollars)
$
1,750

 
$
1,601

 
$
1,719

 
$
3,154

 
$
463

 
$
1,819

Loan count
870

 
1,255

 
192

 
547

 
279

 
3,143

Payment shock (dollars)
$
712

 
$
816

 
$
864

 
$
1,233

 
$
222

 
$
810

Payment shock (percent)
68.6
%
 
103.9
%
 
101.1
%
 
64.2
%
 
92.4
%
 
80.0
%
(1)
Unpaid principal balance, net of write downs, does not include premiums or discounts.

Second mortgage loans. The majority of second mortgages we originated were closed in conjunction with the closing of the residential first mortgages originated by us. We generally required the same levels of documentation and ratios as with our residential first mortgages. For second mortgages closed in conjunction with a residential first mortgage loan that was not being originated by us, our allowable debt-to-income ratios for approval of the second mortgages were capped at 40 percent to 45 percent. In the case of a loan closing in which full documentation was required and the loan was being used to acquire the borrower's primary residence, we allowed a CLTV ratio of up to 100 percent; for similar loans that also contained higher risk elements, we limited the maximum CLTV to 90 percent. FICO floors ranged from 620 to 720, and fixed and adjustable rate loans were available with terms ranging from five to 20 years.

Home Equity Line of Credit loans. Current HELOC guidelines and pricing parameters have been established to attract high credit quality loans with long term profitability. The minimum FICO is 680, maximum CLTV is 80 percent, and the maximum debt-to-income ratio is 45 percent. For HELOC loans originated in 2009 and prior, the majority were closed in

80

Table of Contents

conjunction with the closing of related first mortgage loans originations. Documentation requirements for HELOC applications were generally the same as those required of borrowers for the first mortgage loans originated by us, and debt-to-income ratios were capped at 50 percent. For HELOCs closed in conjunction with the closing of a first mortgage loan that was not being originated by us, our debt-to-income ratio requirements were capped at 40 percent to 45 percent and the LTV was capped at 80 percent. The qualifying payment varied over time and included terms such as either 0.75 percent of the line amount or the interest only payment due on the full line based on the current rate plus 0.5 percent. HELOCs were available in conjunction with primary residence transactions that required full documentation, and the borrower was allowed a CLTV ratio of up to 100 percent. For similar loans that also contained higher risk elements, we limited the maximum CLTV to 90 percent. FICO floors ranged from 620 to 720. The HELOC terms called for monthly interest only payments with a balloon principal payment due at the end of 10 years. At times, initial teaser rates were offered for the first three months.
    
Commercial loans held-for-investment. Our Commercial and Business Banking group includes relationship and portfolio managers throughout Michigan's major markets. Our commercial loans held-for-investment totaled $789.4 million at March 31, 2014 and $626.4 million at December 31, 2013, and consists of three loan types: commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and commercial lease financing, each of which is discussed in more detail below. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we originated $154.7 million in commercial loans, compared to $66.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The following table identifies the commercial loan held-for-investment portfolio by loan type and selected criteria at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
Commercial Loans Held-for-Investment
March 31, 2014
Balance
Average Note Rate
Loan on Non-accrual Status
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial real estate loans:
 
 
Fixed rate
$
158,408

5.3
%
$
1,766

Adjustable rate
355,817

3.0
%

Total commercial real estate loans
514,225

 
$
1,766

Net deferred fees and other
(1,231
)
 
 
Total commercial real estate loans
$
512,994

 
 
Commercial and industrial loans:
 
 
Fixed rate
$
11,196

4.5
%
$

Adjustable rate
259,844

2.8
%

Total commercial and industrial loans
271,040

 
$

Net deferred fees and other
(4,864
)
 
 
Total commercial and industrial loans
$
266,176

 
 
Commercial lease financing loans:
 
 
Fixed rate
$
10,374

3.5
%
$

Net deferred fees and other
(194
)
 
 
Total commercial lease financing loans
$
10,180

 
 
Total commercial loans:
 
 
Fixed rate
$
179,978

5.1
%
$
1,766

Adjustable rate
615,661

2.9
%

Total commercial loans
795,639

 
$
1,766

Net deferred fees and other
(6,289
)
 
 
Total commercial loans
$
789,350

 
 


81

Table of Contents

Commercial Loans Held-for-Investment
December 31, 2013
Balance
Average Note Rate
Loan on Non-accrual Status
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial real estate loans:
 
 
Fixed rate
$
172,598

5.4
%
$
1,500

Adjustable rate
237,071

3.0
%

Total commercial real estate loans
409,669

 
$
1,500

Net deferred fees and other
(799
)
 
 
Total commercial real estate loans
$
408,870

 
 
Commercial and industrial loans:
 
 
Fixed rate
$
12,782

4.3
%
$

Adjustable rate
195,500

2.7
%

Total commercial and industrial loans
208,282

 
$

Net deferred fees and other
(1,095
)
 
 
Total commercial and industrial loans
$
207,187

 
 
Commercial lease financing loans:
 
 
Fixed rate
$
10,613

3.5
%
$

Net deferred fees and other
(272
)
 
 
Total commercial lease financing loans
$
10,341

 
 
Total commercial loans:
 
 
Fixed rate
$
195,993

5.2
%
$
1,500

Adjustable rate
432,571

2.9
%

Total commercial loans
628,564

 
$
1,500

Net deferred fees and other
(2,166
)
 
 
Total commercial loans
$
626,398

 
 

The following table sets forth the unpaid principal balance (net of write downs) of our commercial loan held-for-investment portfolio at March 31, 2014 by year of origination.  
Year of Origination
2010 and
Prior
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial real estate
$
188,836

 
$
12,866

 
$
69,639

 
$
125,557

 
$
117,327

 
$
514,225

Commercial and industrial
1,166

 
30,173

 
36,328

 
136,386

 
66,987

 
271,040

Commercial lease financing

 

 
10,374

 

 

 
10,374

Total
$
190,002

 
$
43,039

 
$
116,341

 
$
261,943

 
$
184,314

 
$
795,639


The average loan balance in our total commercial held-for-investment loan portfolio was $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, with the largest loan being $38.9 million. There are approximately 36 loans with more than $5.0 million of unpaid principal balance (net of write downs) and those loans comprised approximately $365.2 million, or 45.9 percent, of the total commercial held-for-investment loan portfolio in the aggregate.

Commercial real estate loans. Our commercial real estate held-for-investment loan portfolio is comprised of loans that are collateralized by real estate properties intended to be income-producing in the normal course of business.


82

Table of Contents

The following table discloses our total unpaid principal balance (net of write downs) of commercial real estate held-for-investment loans by geographic concentration.
 
March 31, 2014
State
Percent
 
Amount (1)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Michigan
79.9
%
 
$
411,793

California
4.6
%
 
23,612

Georgia
4.1
%
 
20,837

Florida
3.0
%
 
15,462

Other
8.4
%
 
42,521

Total
100.0
%
 
$
514,225

(1)
Unpaid principal balance, net of write downs, does not include premiums or discounts.

Commercial and industrial loans. Commercial and industrial held-for-investment loan facilities typically include lines of credit and term loans to small or middle market businesses for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases and expansion projects.

Commercial lease financing loans. Our commercial lease financing held-for-investment loan portfolio is comprised of equipment leased to customers in a direct financing lease. The net investment in financing leases includes the aggregate amount of lease payments to be received and the estimated residual values of the equipment, less unearned income. Income from lease financing is recognized over the lives of the leases on an approximate level rate of return on the unrecovered investment. The residual value represents the estimated fair value of the leased asset at the end of the lease term. Unguaranteed residual values of leased assets are reviewed at least annually for impairment. If any declines in residual values are determined to be other-than-temporary they will be recognized in earnings in the period such determinations are made.
    
Warehouse lending. We also continue to offer warehouse lines of credit to other mortgage lenders. These allow the lender to fund the closing of residential first mortgage loans. Each extension or drawdown on the line is collateralized by the residential first mortgage loan being funded. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we subsequently acquired approximately 78.3 percent of residential first mortgage loans funded through the warehouse lines. Underlying mortgage loans are predominately originated using Agencies underwriting standards. These lines of credit are, in most cases, personally guaranteed by one or more principal officers of the borrower. The aggregate committed amount of adjustable rate warehouse lines of credit granted to other mortgage lenders at March 31, 2014 was $1.8 billion, of which $0.4 billion was outstanding and bearing an average interest rate of 4.8 percent, compared to $2.1 billion committed at December 31, 2013, of which $0.4 billion was outstanding and bearing an average interest rate of 5.0 percent. The levels of outstanding balances of such warehouse lines are generally correlated to the level of our overall production levels because many of our correspondents (from whom we purchase mortgage loans) are also warehouse lending customers. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, our warehouse lines funded 57.5 percent of the loans in our correspondent channel, as compared to 58.0 percent during the three months ended March 31, 2013. There were 296 warehouse lines of credit to other mortgage lenders with an average size of $6.0 million at March 31, 2014, compared to 298 warehouse lines of credit with an average size of $6.9 million at December 31, 2013. We had no warehouse lines on non-accrual status at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.


83

Table of Contents

Other

The Other segment includes treasury functions, income and expense impact of equity and cash, the effect of eliminations of transactions between segments, tax benefits not assigned to specific operating segments, the funding revenue associated with stockholders' equity, and charges or credits of an unusual or infrequent nature that are not reflective of the normal operations of the operating segments and miscellaneous other expenses of a corporate nature. The treasury functions include administering the investment portfolio, balance sheet funding, interest rate risk management and MSR asset valuation, hedging and sales into the secondary market.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
2014
 
2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
$
5,944

 
$
(21,166
)
Loan administration
8,976

 
9,067

Net transaction costs on sales of mortgage servicing rights
3,583

 
(4,219
)
Other noninterest income
3,810

 
3,630

Noninterest expense
(6,410
)
 
(9,434
)
Income (loss) before taxes
15,903

 
(22,122
)
Benefit for income taxes
39,996

 

Net income (loss)
$
55,899

 
$
(22,122
)
Average balances
 
 
 
Total investment securities available-for-sale or trading
$
1,173,304

 
$
348,525

Total assets
2,602,305

 
3,101,408

Total debt
1,133,305

 
3,352,991


Net interest income includes the impact of administering our investment securities portfolios, debt, and the net impact of derivatives used to hedge interest rate sensitivity. Noninterest income includes loan administration income from MSRs net of a fee to the Mortgage Servicing segment to service the loan and the impact of hedging (see Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, herein, for additional information regarding MSRs), gains or losses on the sale of MSRs, trading asset gains or losses and other treasury related items. Noninterest income also includes insurance income and miscellaneous fee income not allocated to other operating segments. Noninterest expense includes treasury operating expenses, certain corporate administrative and other miscellaneous expenses not allocated to other operating segments. The provision for income taxes is not allocated to the operating segments as new corporate income tax liability will not occur until after the utilization of the existing deferred tax assets.
    
For the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Other segment net income increased by $78.0 million, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to a $40.0 million income tax benefit, a $27.1 million increase in net interest income and a $7.9 million increase in noninterest income. Net interest income increased during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to the fourth quarter 2013 prepayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Noninterest income increased by $7.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to net transaction costs on the sales of MSRs.


84

Table of Contents

Analysis of Items on Statements of Financial Condition

Assets

Interest-earning deposits. Interest-earning deposits, on which we earn a minimal interest rate, decreased $1.0 billion at March 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013, primarily the result of the Company continuing to invest excess cash into higher-yielding liquid securities and focus on reserve requirements.

Investment securities available-for-sale. Investment securities available-for-sale comprised of U.S. government sponsored agencies and municipal obligations, increased from $1.0 billion at December 31, 2013, to $1.2 billion at March 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to the purchase of $200.0 million in U.S. government sponsored agencies during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The investment securities available-for-sale were purchased as part of our strategy to redeploy a portion of our liquid cash into higher yielding, yet very liquid, investment alternatives. See Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.

Loans held-for-sale. Essentially all of our mortgage loans produced are sold into the secondary market on a whole loan basis or by securitizing the loans into securities. At March 31, 2014, we held loans held-for-sale of $1.7 billion, which was an increase of $0.2 billion from $1.5 billion held at December 31, 2013. The increase in the balance of loans held-for-sale was primarily due to loan originations exceeding loan sales during the three months ended March 31, 2014. For further information on loans held-for-sale, see Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.

Loans repurchased with government guarantees. Pursuant to Ginnie Mae servicing guidelines, we have the unilateral option to repurchase certain delinquent loans securitized in Ginnie Mae pools, if the loans meet defined criteria. As a result of this unilateral option, once the delinquency criteria have been met and regardless of whether the repurchase option has been exercised, we must treat the loans as having been repurchased and recognize the loans on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, and also recognize a corresponding deemed liability for a similar amount. If the loans are actually repurchased, we eliminate the corresponding liability. At March 31, 2014, the amount of such loans actually repurchased totaled $1.3 billion and were classified as loans repurchased with government guarantees and the loans which we have not yet repurchased but had the unilateral right to repurchase totaled $15.8 million and were classified as loans held-for-sale. At December 31, 2013, the amount of such loans actually repurchased totaled $1.3 billion and were classified as loans repurchased with government guarantees, and those loans which we have not yet repurchased but had the unilateral right to repurchase totaled $20.8 million and were classified as loans held-for-sale.

Substantially all of these loans continue to be insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration ("FHA") and management believes that the reimbursement process is proceeding appropriately. These repurchased loans earn interest at a statutory rate, which varies for each loan, but is based on the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate at the time the loan becomes greater than 60 days delinquent. This interest is recorded as interest income and the related claims settlement expenses are recorded in asset resolution expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein. For further information on loans repurchased with government guarantees, see Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.

Loans held-for-investment. Our largest category of earning assets consists of loans held-for-investment. Loans held-for-investment consist of residential first mortgage loans that are not held for resale (usually shorter duration and adjustable rate loans and second mortgages), warehouse loans to other mortgage lenders, HELOC, other consumer loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans and commercial lease financing loans. Loans held-for-investment decreased from $4.1 billion at December 31, 2013, to $4.0 billion at March 31, 2014, primarily due to a decrease in residential first mortgage loans from $2.5 billion at December 31, 2013, to $2.3 billion at March 31, 2014. The decrease during the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, was primarily due to the sale of non-performing and TDR loans, the transfer of jumbo loans to loans available-for-sale and an adjustment to the originally recorded fair value of performing repurchased loans, primarily caused by liquidity risk which will not repeat. This decrease was partially offset by increases in commercial real estate loans, which increased to $513.0 million at March 31, 2014 from $408.9 million at December 31, 2013 and commercial and industrial loans, which increased to $266.2 million at March 31, 2014 from $207.2 million at December 31, 2013.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we sold nonperforming and TDR residential first mortgage loans with a carrying value in the amount of $25.6 million.


85

Table of Contents

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, residential first mortgage jumbo loans with a carrying value in the amount of $254.1 million were transferred to loans available-for-sale and subsequently sold during the second quarter 2014.

Loans held-for-investment includes $233.9 million and $238.3 million of loans valued under the fair value option at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

For information relating to the concentration of credit of our loans held for investment, see Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statement, herein.

Quality of Earning Assets

Management considers a number of qualitative and quantitative factors in assessing the level of its collectively evaluated reserves and individually evaluated reserves. See the section captioned "Allowance for Loan Losses" in this discussion. As illustrated in the tables following, trends in certain credit quality characteristics such as nonperforming loans and delinquency statistics have recently stabilized or even begun to show signs of improvement. This is predominantly a result of the run off of the legacy portfolios combined with the addition of new commercial loans with strong credit characteristics

The following table sets forth certain information about our nonperforming assets as of the end of each of the last five quarters.

NONPERFORMING LOANS AND ASSETS
 
March 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
September 30,
2013
 
June 30,
2013
 
March 31,
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Nonperforming loans held-for-investment (1)
$
84,387

 
$
98,976

 
$
94,062

 
$
161,725

 
$
223,388

Nonperforming TDRs
11,645

 
25,808

 
21,104

 
24,025

 
56,498

Nonperforming TDRs at inception but performing for less than six months
14,717

 
20,901

 
23,638

 
72,186

 
89,417

Total nonperforming loans held-for-investment
110,749

 
145,685

 
138,804

 
257,936

 
369,303

Real estate and other nonperforming assets, net
31,076

 
36,636

 
66,530

 
86,382

 
114,356

Nonperforming assets held-for-investment, net
$
141,825

 
$
182,321

 
$
205,334

 
$
344,318

 
$
483,659

Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets (bank only)
1.49
%
 
1.95
%
 
1.74
%
 
2.71
%
 
3.70
%
Ratio of nonperforming loans held-for-investment to loans held-for-investment
2.76
%
 
3.59
%
 
3.46
%
 
5.74
%
 
7.79
%
Ratio of allowance to nonperforming loans held-for-investment (1)
286.9
%
 
145.9
%
 
152.6
%
 
94.2
%
 
78.5
%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to loans held-for-investment (1)
8.11
%
 
5.42
%
 
5.50
%
 
5.75
%
 
6.11
%
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans held-for-investment (annualized) (1)
1.36
%
 
1.53
%
 
3.18
%
 
6.96
%
 
2.93
%
Ratio of nonperforming assets to loans held-for-investment and repossessed assets
3.50
%
 
4.46
%
 
5.03
%
 
7.52
%
 
9.96
%
 
(1)
Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.



86

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the activity for unpaid principal balance (net of write downs), which does not include premiums or discounts, of nonperforming commercial assets, primarily commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
$
12,940

 
$
139,128

Additions
(926
)
 
48,619

Principal payments
(232
)
 
(35,236
)
Sales
(3,764
)
 
(23,215
)
Charge-offs, net of recoveries
1,191

 
(11,356
)
Valuation write-downs

 
(1,154
)
Ending balance
$
9,209

 
$
116,786


Past due loans held-for-investment

Loans are considered to be past due when any payment of principal or interest is 30 days past due. While it is the goal of management to work out a satisfactory repayment schedule or modification with a past due borrower, we will undertake foreclosure proceedings if the delinquency is not satisfactorily resolved. Our practices regarding past due loans are designed to both assist borrowers in meeting their contractual obligations and minimize losses incurred by the bank. We customarily mail several notices of past due payments to the borrower within 30 days after the due date and late charges are assessed in accordance with certain parameters. Our collection department makes telephone or personal contact with borrowers after loans are 30 days past due. In certain cases, we recommend that the borrower seek credit-counseling assistance and may grant forbearance if it is determined that the borrower is likely to correct a past due loan within a reasonable period of time. We cease the accrual of interest on loans that we classify as "nonperforming" once they become 90 days past due or earlier when concerns exist as to the ultimate collection of principal or interest. Such interest is recognized as income only when it is actually collected.

At March 31, 2014, we had $177.7 million of loans held-for-investment that were determined to be past due loans. Of those past due loans, $110.7 million of loans were nonperforming held-for-investment. At December 31, 2013, we had $207.4 million of loans held-for-investment that were determined to be past due loans. Of those past due loans, $145.7 million of loans were nonperforming held-for-investment. The decrease from December 31, 2013 to March 31, 2014 was primarily due to a sale of nonperforming and TDR residential first mortgages. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we sold nonperforming and TDR residential first mortgages with carrying value in the amount of $25.6 million.

Consumer loans. As of March 31, 2014, nonperforming consumer loans totaled $109.0 million, a decrease from $144.2 million at December 31, 2013, primarily due to a sale of non-performing and TDR residential first mortgage loans completed during the three months ended March 31, 2014. Net charge-offs in consumer loans totaled $13.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to $24.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively, primarily due to lower levels of nonperforming loans and improving property values thereby reducing the level of write-downs.

Commercial loans. As of March 31, 2014, nonperforming commercial loans totaled $1.8 million, an increase of from $1.5 million at December 31, 2013. Net charge-offs in commercial loans totaled $1.2 million in recoveries for the three months ended March 31, 2014, which was a decrease from $11.3 million in charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to lower levels of nonperforming loans and legacy portfolio requiring charge-offs due to discounted pay-offs and sales.

Troubled debt restructurings (held-for-investment)

Troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs") are modified loans in which a concession not otherwise available is provided to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. Our ongoing loan modification efforts to assist homeowners and other borrowers continued to increase our overall balance of TDRs. Nonperforming TDRs were 23.8 percent and 32.1 percent of total nonperforming loans at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

TDRs can be classified as either performing or nonperforming. Nonperforming TDRs are included in non-accrual loans and performing TDRs are excluded from non-accrual loans because it is probable that all contractual principal and

87

Table of Contents

interest due under the restructured terms will be collected. Within consumer nonperforming loans, residential first mortgage TDRs were 22.2 percent of residential first mortgage nonperforming loans at March 31, 2014, compared to 31.7 percent at December 31, 2013. The level of modifications that were determined to be TDRs in these portfolios is expected to result in elevated nonperforming loan levels for longer periods, because TDRs remain in nonperforming status until a borrower has made at least six consecutive months of payments under the modified terms, or ultimate resolution occurs. TDRs primarily reflect our loss mitigation efforts to proactively work with borrowers having difficulty making their payments. Although many of the TDRs continue to be performing, we have increased our reserve on TDRs, which also increased the allowance for loan losses.
 
TDRs Held-for-Investment
 
Performing
 
Nonperforming
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans (1)
$
374,277

 
$
26,362

 
$
400,639

Commercial loans (2)
446

 

 
446

Total TDRs
$
374,723

 
$
26,362

 
$
401,085

December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans (1)
$
382,529

 
$
46,709

 
$
429,238

Commercial loans (2)
456

 

 
456

Total TDRs
$
382,985

 
$
46,709

 
$
429,694

(1)
Consumer loans include: residential first mortgage, second mortgage, warehouse lending, HELOC and other consumer loans. The allowance for loan losses on consumer TDR loans totaled $84.7 million and $82.3 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
(2)
Commercial loans include: commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and commercial lease financing loans. The allowance for loan losses on commercial TDR loans was zero at both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
    
The following table sets forth the activity during each of the periods presented with respect to performing TDRs and nonperforming TDRs.
 
TDRs Held-for-Investment
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Performing
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
$
382,985

 
$
589,762

    Additions
5,674

 
11,771

Transfer to nonperforming TDR
(5,823
)
 
(14,678
)
Transfer from nonperforming TDR
2,203

 
23,527

    Principal repayments
(1,556
)
 
(9,079
)
    Reductions (1)
(8,760
)
 
(3,262
)
Ending balance
$
374,723

 
$
598,041

Nonperforming
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
46,709

 
$
145,244

    Additions
4,201

 
21,097

    Transfer from performing TDR
5,823

 
14,678

    Transfer to performing TDR
(2,203
)
 
(23,527
)
    Principal repayments
(99
)
 
(8,122
)
    Reductions (1)
(28,069
)
 
(3,455
)
Ending balance
$
26,362

 
$
145,915

(1)
Includes loans paid in full or otherwise settled, sold or charged off.


88

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding past due loans at the dates listed. At March 31, 2014, 90.0 percent of all past due loans were loans in which we had a first lien position on residential real estate, compared to 90.0 percent at December 31, 2013.
Days Past Due
March 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
30 – 59 days
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage (1)
$
44,141

 
$
36,526

Second mortgage (1)
1,128

 
1,997

HELOC (1)
3,722

 
2,197

Other
310

 
293

Commercial loans
 
 
 
Commercial real estate (1)
2,130

 

Total 30-59 days past due
51,431

 
41,013

60 – 89 days
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage (1)
14,409

 
19,096

Second mortgage (1)
378

 
271

HELOC (1)
576

 
1,238

Other
134

 
127

Total 60-89 days past due
15,497

 
20,732

90 days or greater
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage (1)
101,346

 
134,340

Second mortgage (1)
2,805

 
2,820

HELOC (1)
4,668

 
6,826

Other
164

 
199

Commercial loans
 
 
 
Commercial real estate (1)
1,766

 
1,500

Total 90 days or greater past due
110,749

 
145,685

Total past due loans (2)
$
177,677

 
$
207,430

(1)
Includes loans that are secured by real estate.
(2)
Includes loans carried under the fair value option of $7.1 million and $4.0 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

    

89

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding nonperforming loans (i.e., greater than 90 days past due loans) as to which we have ceased accruing interest.
 
March 31, 2014
 
Investment
Loan
Portfolio
 
Non-
Accrual
Loans
 
As a % of
Loan
Specified
Portfolio
 
As a % of
Non-
Accrual
Loans
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
2,348,691

 
$
101,346

 
4.3
%
 
91.6
%
Second mortgage
164,627

 
2,805

 
1.7
%
 
2.5
%
Warehouse lending
408,874

 

 
%
 
%
HELOC
273,454

 
4,668

 
1.7
%
 
4.2
%
Other consumer
34,875

 
164

 
0.5
%
 
0.1
%
Total consumer loans
3,230,521

 
108,983

 
3.4
%
 
98.4
%
Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
512,994

 
1,766

 
0.3
%
 
1.6
%
Commercial and industrial
266,176

 

 
%
 
%
Commercial lease financing
10,180

 

 
%
 
%
Total commercial loans
789,350

 
1,766

 
0.2
%
 
1.6
%
Total loans (1)
$
4,019,871

 
$
110,749

 
2.8
%
 
100.0
%
Less allowance for loan losses
(307,000
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans held-for-investment, net
$
3,712,871

 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Includes $3.7 million of non-accrual loans carried under the fair value option at March 31, 2014.

The following table sets forth the performing and nonperforming (i.e., greater than 90 days past due loans) residential first mortgage loans by year of origination (i.e., vintage) and the total amount of unpaid principal balance (net of write downs) loans outstanding at March 31, 2014.
 
March 31, 2014
Vintage
Performing Loans
 
Non-Accrual Loans
 
Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Pre-2006
$
1,121,445

 
$
26,874

 
$
1,148,319

2006
190,973

 
10,086

 
201,059

2007
613,029

 
40,184

 
653,213

2008
76,711

 
18,648

 
95,359

2009
38,282

 
3,397

 
41,679

2010
19,893

 
1,130

 
21,023

2011
26,988

 
780

 
27,768

2012
26,705

 
80

 
26,785

2013
47,966

 
167

 
48,133

2014
91,579

 

 
91,579

Total loans
$
2,253,571

 
$
101,346

 
$
2,354,917

Net deferred fees and other
 
 
 
 
(6,226
)
Total residential first mortgage loans
 
 
 
 
$
2,348,691

(1)
Unpaid principal balance, net of write downs, does not include net deferred fees, premiums or discounts and other.



90

Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents management's estimate of probable losses that are inherent in our loans held-for-investment portfolio but which have not yet been realized as of the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein. The consumer loan portfolio includes residential first mortgages, second mortgages, warehouse lending, HELOC and other consumer loans. The commercial loan portfolio includes commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and commercial lease financing loans.
    
We recognize these losses when (a) available information indicates that it is probable that a loss has occurred and (b) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We believe that the accounting estimates related to the allowance for loan losses are critical because they require us to make subjective and complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. As a result, subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses. Our methodology for assessing the adequacy of the allowance involves a significant amount of judgment based on various factors such as general economic and business conditions, credit quality and collateral value trends, loan concentrations, recent trends in our loss experience, new product initiatives and other variables. Although management believes its process for estimating the allowance for loan losses adequately considers all of the factors that could potentially result in loan losses, the process also includes subjective elements and may be susceptible to significant change, including refinements necessary to respond to regulatory expectations. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provision for loan losses could be required that could adversely affect operations or financial position in future periods.
    
As part of our ongoing risk assessment process, which remains focused on the impacts of the current economic environment and the related borrower repayment behavior on our credit performance, management continues to back test and validate the results of quantitative and qualitative modeling of the risk in loans held-for-investment portfolio in efforts to utilize the best quality information available. Such is consistent with the expectations of the Bank's primary regulator and a continuing evaluation of the performance within the mortgage industry.

The allowance for loan losses includes specific allocations for impaired loans, non-specific allocations for losses inherent on non-impaired loans utilizing our loss history by specific product, or if the product is not sufficiently seasoned, peer loss data. The loss history is normally a one to five year rolling average updated periodically as new data becomes available. In addition to the loss history, we also include a qualitative adjustment that considers economic risks, industry and geographic concentrations and other factors not adequately captured in our loss methodology. Our procedure is to recognize losses through charge-offs when there is a high likelihood of loss after considering the borrower's financial condition, underlying collateral and guarantees, and the finalization of collection activities.

The allowance for loan losses for consumer loans, other than those that have been identified for individual evaluation for impairment, is determined on a loan pool basis utilizing forecasted losses that represent management’s best estimate of inherent loss. Loans are pooled by loan types with similar risk characteristics. We utilize a historical loss model for each pool. Management evaluates the results of the allowance for loan loss model and makes qualitative adjustments to the results of the model when it is determined that model results do not reflect all losses inherent in the portfolio due to changes in recent economic trends and conditions, or other relevant factors.
Our allowance for loan losses considers the probable loss inherent in the portfolio both before and after the payment reset date. Prior to December 31, 2013, we had experienced an insignificant volume of resets. The first significant volume of resets occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and in the first half of April 2014. Data we reviewed from those periods, as well as data we reviewed for the 15-months ended March 31, 2014, indicated that delinquency was estimated at December 31, 2013. Additionally, loans that have recently reset or are expected to reset in the near future are refinancing at levels below what was previously estimated, which we believe may indicate an increase in future delinquency and charge-off. Based on our review of these initial indicators, we increased our allowance for loan losses based on our qualitative analysis of the recent data. The allowance for loan losses increased to $307.0 million at March 31, 2014 from $207.0 million at December 31, 2013, respectively. The portion of the allowance for loan losses related to certain interest-only included in our residential first mortgage and HELOC loan portfolios increased primarily due to the estimates of the average loss emergence period and reset risk to approximately $112.8 million at March 31, 2014 from $52.3 million at December 31, 2013.
The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans increased to 286.9 percent at March 31, 2014 from 145.9 percent at December 31, 2013, which was primarily due to the sale of nonperforming and TDR loans and the increase in the allowance for loan losses (discussed above) during the three months ended March 31, 2014.


91

Table of Contents

The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans held-for-investment increased to 8.11 percent as of March 31, 2014 from 5.42 percent as of December 31, 2013, primarily due to a slight decline in the average loans held-for-investment due to overall run-off of the portfolio and the increase in the allowance for loan losses (discussed above).

The allowance for loan losses is considered adequate based upon management's assessment of relevant factors, including the types and amounts of nonperforming loans, historical and current loss experience on such types of loans, and the current economic environment.

The following tables set forth certain information regarding the allocation of our allowance for loan losses to each loan category.
 
March 31, 2014
 
Investment
Loan
Portfolio
 
Percent
of
Portfolio
 
Allowance
Amount
 
Percentage to
Total
Allowance
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
2,326,972

 
61.6
%
 
$
256,291

 
83.4
%
Second mortgage
103,087

 
2.7
%
 
13,455

 
4.4
%
Warehouse lending
408,874

 
10.8
%
 
1,465

 
0.5
%
HELOC
122,859

 
3.2
%
 
11,593

 
3.8
%
Other
34,875

 
0.9
%
 
1,438

 
0.5
%
Total consumer loans
2,996,667

 
79.2
%
 
284,242

 
92.6
%
Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
512,994

 
13.5
%
 
18,131

 
5.9
%
Commercial and industrial
266,176

 
7.0
%
 
4,477

 
1.5
%
Commercial lease financing
10,180

 
0.3
%
 
150

 
%
Total commercial loans
789,350

 
20.8
%
 
22,758

 
7.4
%
Total consumer and commercial loans (1)
$
3,786,017

 
100.0
%
 
$
307,000

 
100.0
%
(1)     Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.

    

92

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the activity regarding our allowance for loan losses.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
$
207,000

 
$
305,000

Provision for loan losses
112,321

 
20,415

Charge-offs
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage (1)
(10,863
)
 
(25,692
)
Second Mortgage
(1,068
)
 
(1,955
)
HELOC
(2,689
)
 
(2,061
)
Other consumer
(461
)
 
(699
)
Total consumer loans
(15,081
)
 
(30,407
)
Commercial loans
 
 
 
Commercial real estate

 
(13,162
)
Total charge offs
(15,081
)
 
(43,569
)
Recoveries
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
1,116

 
5,353

Second mortgage
84

 
390

HELOC
49

 
105

Other consumer
320

 
454

Total consumer loans
1,569

 
6,302

Commercial loans
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
1,115

 
1,843

Commercial and industrial
29

 
9

Commercial lease financing
47

 

Total commercial loans
1,191

 
1,852

Total recoveries
2,760

 
8,154

Charge-offs, net of recoveries
(12,321
)
 
(35,415
)
Ending balance
$
307,000

 
$
290,000

Net charge-off ratio (1) 
1.36
%
 
2.93
%
Net charge-off ratio, adjusted (1) (2)
1.11
%
 
2.93
%
(1)
Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.
(2)
Excludes charge-offs of $2.3 million related to the sale of non-performing and TDR loans during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Mortgage servicing rights. At March 31, 2014, MSRs included residential MSRs at fair value amounting to $320.2 million, compared to $284.7 million at December 31, 2013. During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we recorded additions to our MSRs of $51.0 million and $126.5 million, respectively, primarily due to loan sales or securitizations. Also, during the three months ended March 31, 2014, we reduced the amount of MSRs by $5.9 million related to bulk mortgage servicing sales, $4.9 million related to loans that paid off during the period and a decrease in the fair value of MSRs of $4.7 million resulting from a decrease in interest rates. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we reduced the amount of MSRs by $94.4 million related to bulk mortgage servicing sales, $37.5 million related to loans that paid off during the period and an increase in the fair value of MSRs of $21.8 million resulting from the realization of expected cash flows and market driven changes, primarily as a result of increases in mortgage loan rates that led to an expected decrease in prepayment speeds. Once fully phased in, the Basel III capital rules will significantly reduce the allowable amount of the fair value of MSRs included in Tier 1 capital. We reduced our MSR concentration during the fourth quarter 2013 which should result in a decrease of the exclusion to our allowable capital levels under Basel III. See Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein. Our ratio of MSRs to Tier 1 capital is 28.1 percent and 22.6 percent at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. See "Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures."
    

93

Table of Contents

The principal balance of the loans underlying our total MSRs was $29.0 billion at March 31, 2014, compared to $25.7 billion at December 31, 2013, with the increase primarily attributable to loan origination activity and a decrease in mortgage servicing sales during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

For information relating to the mortgage servicing rights, see Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statement, herein.

Repossessed assets. Real property we acquire as a result of the foreclosure process is classified as real estate owned until it is sold. It is transferred from the loans held-for-investment portfolio at the lower of cost or fair value, less disposal costs. Management decides whether to rehabilitate the property or sell it "as is" and whether to list the property with a broker. The $5.6 million decrease in repossessed assets from December 31, 2013 to March 31, 2014, was primarily due to $12.8 million in disposals exceeding the $7.2 million in additions for the three months ended March 31, 2014. In addition, during the three months ended, we had a non-performing loans sale, which reduced the balance of real estate owned assets.

The following table provides the activity for repossessed assets during each of the past five quarters.
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
September 30, 2013
 
June 30, 2013
 
March 31, 2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
$
36,636

 
$
66,530

 
$
86,382

 
$
114,356

 
$
120,732

Additions
7,221

 
4,936

 
12,447

 
15,274

 
30,952

Disposals
(12,781
)
 
(34,830
)
 
(32,299
)
 
(43,248
)
 
(37,328
)
Ending balance
$
31,076

 
$
36,636

 
$
66,530

 
$
86,382

 
$
114,356


Federal Home Loan Bank stock. At March 31, 2014, holdings of Federal Home Loan Bank stock remained unchanged from $209.7 million at December 31, 2013. Once purchased, Federal Home Loan Bank shares must be held for five years before they can be redeemed. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank, we are required to hold shares of Federal Home Loan Bank stock in an amount equal to at least 1.0 percent of aggregate unpaid principal balance (net of write downs) of our mortgage loans, home purchase contracts and similar obligations at the beginning of each year, or 5.0 percent of our Federal Home Loan Bank advances, whichever is greater.

Net deferred tax asset. At March 31, 2014, our net deferred tax assets were primarily attributable to U.S. net operating loss carryforwards. At March 31, 2014, our net deferred tax asset was $451.4 million, as compared to $414.7 million at December 31, 2013. The increase during the three months ended March 31, 2014, was primarily due to the increase in our allowance for loan losses, which increased from $207.0 million at December 31, 2013 to $307.0 million at March 31, 2014.

We will continue to regularly assess the realizability of our deferred tax assets. Changes in earnings performance and future earnings projections, among other factors, may cause us to adjust our valuation allowance, which will impact our income tax expense in the period we determine that these factors have changed.

See Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.

Derivatives. We write and purchase interest rate swaps to accommodate the needs of customers requesting such services. Customer-initiated activity represented 100.0 percent of total interest rate swap contracts at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Customer-initiated trading derivatives are used primarily to focus on providing derivative products to customers that enables them to manage interest rate risk exposure. Market risk from unfavorable movements in interest rates is generally economically hedged by concurrently entering into offsetting derivative contracts resulting in no net exposure to us, outside of counterparty performance. The offsetting derivative contracts generally have nearly identical notional values, terms and indices. See Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein.


94

Table of Contents

The following table provides derivative activity for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.
 
Interest Rate Contracts (Notional Amount)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
( Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
$
204,895

 
$
202,492

Additions
112,146

 
5,943

Maturities/amortizations
(1,851
)
 
(1,901
)
Terminations

 
(71,853
)
Ending balance
$
315,190

 
$
134,681

    
For information relating to derivatives, see Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.

Other assets. Other assets decreased $15.5 million from December 31, 2013 to March 31, 2014. This was primarily due to the reduction of advances on serviced for other loans due to mortgage servicing sales.

Accrued interest receivable, which is included in other assets, increased $3.2 million from December 31, 2013 to March 31, 2014. This was primarily due to our interest-earning assets increasing by $0.1 billion to $8.0 billion at March 31, 2014, as compared to $7.9 billion at December 31, 2013. The increase in interest-earning assets is primarily due to a $0.2 billion increase in held for sale loans as a result of higher loan production in the three months ended March 31, 2014. We typically collect interest in the month following the month in which it is earned.

Liabilities

Deposits. Our deposits consist of four primary categories: retail deposits, government deposits, wholesale deposits and company controlled deposits. Total deposit accounts increased $170.0 million, or 2.8 percent at March 31, 2014, from December 31, 2013, primarily due to growth in retail and government demand and savings deposits.

Our branch retail deposits increased $15.6 million at March 31, 2014, compared to December 31, 2013, primarily due to growth in demand and savings deposits.

We have continued to increase our core deposit accounts and improve our mix of deposits. The overall need for deposit funding has continued to decline in 2014, consistent with the slow-down in mortgage originations. This has allowed us to run-off higher costing deposits, as we continue to have success in bringing in core checking, savings and money market accounts.

We have focused on increasing our commercial retail deposits. Our commercial retail deposits have increased $24.7 million or 17.5 percent at March 31, 2014, compared to December 31, 2013.

We call on local governmental agencies, and other public units, as an additional source for deposit funding. These deposit accounts include $337.3 million of certificates of deposit with maturities typically less than one year and $393.9 million in checking and savings accounts at March 31, 2014.

We generate deposits from our retail banking network and no longer purchase wholesale deposits. Wholesale deposits continued to run-off during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and decreased by $8.4 million from December 31, 2013.

Company controlled deposits arise due to our servicing of loans for others and represent the portion of the investor custodial accounts on deposit with the Bank. These deposits do not currently bear interest.

We participate in the Certificates of Deposit Account Registry Service ("CDARS") program, through which certain customer certificates of deposit ("CD") are exchanged for CDs of similar amounts from other participating banks. This gives customers the potential to receive FDIC insurance up to $50.0 million. At March 31, 2014, $314.4 million of total CDs were enrolled in the CDARS program, with $313.4 million originating from public entities and $14.2 million originating from retail customers. In exchange, we received reciprocal CDs from other participating banks totaling $64.1 million from public entities

95

Table of Contents

and $250.2 million from retail customers at March 31, 2014. We reduced our reliance on CDARS deposits at March 31, 2014, with total CDARS balances declining $21.5 million from December 31, 2013.

The composition of our deposits was as follows. 
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Balance
 
Yield/Rate
 
% of Deposits
 
Balance
 
Yield/Rate
 
% of Deposits
Retail deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Branch retail deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand accounts
$
700,241

 
0.08
%
 
11.1
%
 
$
670,039

 
0.09
%
 
10.9
%
Savings accounts
2,918,277

 
0.52
%
 
46.2
%
 
2,849,644

 
0.46
%
 
46.4
%
Money market demand accounts
245,865

 
0.15
%
 
3.9
%
 
262,009

 
0.15
%
 
4.3
%
Certificates of deposit (1)
956,000

 
0.73
%
 
15.1
%
 
1,023,141

 
0.72
%
 
16.7
%
Total branch retail deposits
4,820,383

 
0.48
%
 
76.3
%
 
4,804,833

 
0.45
%
 
78.3
%
Commercial retail deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand accounts
111,405

 
0.01
%
 
1.8
%
 
93,515

 
0.01
%
 
1.5
%
Savings accounts
26,120

 
0.49
%
 
0.4
%
 
19,635

 
0.40
%
 
0.3
%
Money market demand accounts
25,160

 
0.54
%
 
0.4
%
 
25,095

 
0.54
%
 
0.4
%
Certificates of deposit (1)
3,241

 
0.53
%
 
0.1
%
 
2,988

 
0.41
%
 
0.1
%
Total commercial retail deposits
165,926

 
0.18
%
 
2.7
%
 
141,233

 
0.17
%
 
2.3
%
Total retail deposits
4,986,309

 
0.47
%
 
79.0
%
 
4,946,066

 
0.44
%
 
80.6
%
Government deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand accounts
142,970

 
0.38
%
 
2.3
%
 
104,466

 
0.26
%
 
1.7
%
Savings accounts
250,939

 
0.52
%
 
4.0
%
 
183,128

 
0.27
%
 
3.0
%
Certificates of deposit
337,283

 
0.39
%
 
5.3
%
 
314,804

 
0.38
%
 
5.1
%
Total government deposits (2)
731,192

 
0.43
%
 
11.6
%
 
602,398

 
0.33
%
 
9.8
%
Wholesale deposits
275

 
0.06
%
 
%
 
8,717

 
3.43
%
 
0.1
%
Company controlled deposits (3)
592,525

 
%
 
9.4
%
 
583,145

 
%
 
9.5
%
Total deposits (4)
$
6,310,301

 
0.43
%
 
100.0
%
 
$
6,140,326

 
0.39
%
 
100.0
%
(1)
The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100,000 was approximately $0.8 billion at both March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
(2)
Government deposits include funds from municipalities and schools.
(3)
These accounts represent a portion of the investor custodial accounts and escrows controlled by us in connection with loans serviced for others and that have been placed on deposit with the Bank.
(4)
The aggregate amount of deposits with a balance over $250,000 was approximately $2.0 billion and $1.7 billion at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased $137.0 million at March 31, 2014 from December 31, 2013. We rely upon advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank as a source of funding for the origination or purchase of loans for sale in the secondary market and for providing duration specific short-term and medium-term financing. The outstanding balance of Federal Home Loan Bank advances fluctuates from time to time depending on our current inventory of mortgage loans held-for-sale and the availability of lower cost funding sources.

For information relating to the Federal Home Loan Bank advances, see Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statement, herein.    

Long-term debt. As part of our overall capital strategy, we previously raised capital through the issuance of trust-preferred securities by our special purpose financing entities formed for the offerings. The outstanding trust preferred securities mature 30 years from issuance, are callable by us after five years, and pay interest quarterly. Under these trust preferred arrangements, we have the right to defer interest payments to the trust preferred security holders for up to five years.

At March 31, 2014, long-term debt includes a fair value of $101.7 million in VIE long-term debt associated with HELOC securitizations which are consolidated in the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein. We acquired all remaining HELOC loans, the proceeds of which were used by the trust to repay outstanding debt.

96

Table of Contents


For information relating to long-term debt, see Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statement, herein.

Representation and warranty reserve. We sell most of the residential first mortgage loans that we originate into the secondary mortgage market. When we sell mortgage loans, we make customary representations and warranties to the purchasers, including sponsored securitization trusts and their insurers (primarily Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac), about various characteristics of each loan, such as the manner of origination, the nature and extent of underwriting standards applied and the types of documentation being provided. Typically, these representations and warranties are in place for the life of the loan. If a defect in the origination process is identified, we may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the purchaser for losses it sustains on the loan. If there are no such defects, generally we have no liability to the purchaser for losses it may incur on such loan.
    
We maintain a representation and warranty reserve to account for the expected losses related to loans we might be required to repurchase (or the indemnity payments we may have to make to purchasers). The representation and warranty reserve takes into account both our estimate of expected losses on loans sold during the current accounting period, as well as adjustments to our previous estimates of expected losses on loans sold. In each case, these estimates are based on the most recent data available to us, including data from third parties, regarding demands for loan repurchases, actual loan repurchases, and actual credit losses on repurchased loans, among other factors. Provisions added to the representation and warranty reserve for current loan sales reduce our net gain on loan sales. Adjustments to our previous estimates are recorded under noninterest income in the income statement as an increase or decrease to representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate.

Activity in the representation and warranty reserve during the last five quarters is provided in the table below.
 
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
September 30, 2013
 
June 30, 2013
 
March 31, 2013
(Dollar in thousands)
Beginning balance
$
54,000

 
$
174,000

 
$
185,000

 
$
185,000

 
$
193,000

Provision for new loans sales
1,229

 
3,018

 
3,719

 
5,052

 
5,817

Provision adjustment for previous estimates
(1,672
)
 
(15,425
)
 
5,205

 
28,941

 
17,396

Charge-offs, net of recoveries
(5,557
)
 
(107,593
)
 
(19,924
)
 
(33,993
)
 
(31,213
)
Ending balance
$
48,000

 
$
54,000

 
$
174,000

 
$
185,000

 
$
185,000

    
A significant factor in the estimate of probable losses is the activity of the Agencies, including the number of loan files they review or intend to review, the number of subsequent repurchase demands made by the Agencies and the percentage of those repurchase demands that actually result in a repurchase by the Bank. The majority of our loan sales have been to Agencies, which are a significant source of our current repurchase demands. These demands were primarily concentrated in the pre-2009 origination years. The recent settlement agreements with the Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac related to loans sold prior to 2009 lowers our loss estimates going forward.

The following table summarizes the amount of quarterly Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac audit file review requests by number of accounts. Such requests precede the repurchase demands that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac may make thereafter.
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
September 30, 2013
 
June 30, 2013
 
March 31, 2013
Fannie Mae
1,076

 
1,068

 
2,105

 
3,765

 
2,572

Freddie Mac
640

 
644

 
1,687

 
742

 
803

Total
1,716

 
1,712

 
3,792

 
4,507

 
3,375

    

97

Table of Contents

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we had $21.5 million in Fannie Mae new repurchase demands and $15.8 million in Freddie Mac new repurchase demands. The following table summarizes the amount of quarterly new repurchase demands we have received by loan origination year.
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
September 30, 2013
 
June 30, 2013
 
March 31, 2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2008 and prior (1)
$
8,714

 
$
96,674

 
$
114,073

 
$
136,040

 
$
223,810

2009-2014
28,607

 
19,904

 
12,509

 
16,484

 
25,574

Total
$
37,321

 
$
116,578

 
$
126,582

 
$
152,524

 
$
249,384

Number of accounts
169

 
635

 
804

 
800

 
1,239

(1)
Includes a significant portion of the repurchase request and obligations associated with loans with the settlement agreements with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.     
    
The following table summarizes the aggregate amount of pending repurchase demands at the end of each quarterly period noted.
 
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
September 30, 2013
 
June 30, 2013
 
March 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Period end balance
$
69,401



$
97,170



$
155,159



$
114,965



$
186,970

Percent non-agency (approximately)
2.0
%
 
2.6
%
 
0.7
%
 
1.6
%
 
0.2
%

The following table summarizes the trends with respect to key model attributes and assumptions for estimating the representation and warranty reserve.
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
Unpaid principal balance of loans sold (1) (2)
$
247,100,000

 
$
244,100,000

Loan file review as percentage of unpaid principal balance
7.5
%
 
8.2
%
Repurchase demand rate (3)
14.8
%
 
14.5
%
Actual repurchase rate (4)
34.5
%
 
35.5
%
Loss severity rate (5)
10.4
%
 
12.3
%
(1)
Includes servicing sold with recourse.
(2)
Includes a significant portion of the repurchase requests and obligations associated with loans with the settlement agreements with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.
(3)
The percent of loan file reviews that is expected to result in a repurchase demand.
(4)
Weighted average of the appeals loss rate.
(5)
Average loss severity rate expected to be experienced on actual repurchases made (post appeal loss).

For information relating to the representation and warranty reserve, see Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statement, herein.

Other liabilities. Other liabilities primarily consist of a reserve for possible contingent liabilities, undisbursed payments, escrow accounts, forward agency and derivative liability and the Ginnie Mae liability resulting from the recognition of our unilateral right to repurchase certain mortgage loans currently included in Ginnie Mae securities. Other liabilities decreased at March 31, 2014, from December 31, 2013, primarily due to a $5.0 million decrease in the Ginnie Mae liability. The Ginnie Mae liability totaled $15.8 million and $20.8 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. These amounts are for certain loans sold to Ginnie Mae, as to which we have not yet repurchased, but have the unilateral right to do so. With respect to such loans sold to Ginnie Mae, a corresponding asset was included in loans held-for-sale. Escrow accounts totaled $43.0 million and $39.9 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Escrow accounts are maintained on behalf of mortgage customers and include funds collected for real estate taxes, homeowners insurance and other insured product liabilities.


98

Table of Contents

Other liabilities also included an accrual for possible contingent liabilities. As of March 31, 2014, our total accrual for contingent liabilities was $97.7 million, which increased from December 31, 2013. At March 31, 2014, the accrual for possible contingent liabilities includes the $94.0 million fair value liability associated with the DOJ Settlement, which increased as compared to $93.0 million at December 31, 2013. See Note 19 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.

Fair Value

Level 3 Financial Instruments

At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Level 3 assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis totaled $553.6 million and $514.7 million, or 5.8 percent and 5.5 percent of total assets, respectively, and consisted primarily of loans held-for-investment, MSRs and mortgage rate lock commitments. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were $195.7 million and $198.8 million Level 3 liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, respectively, which primarily consisted of long-term debt and DOJ litigation.

At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Level 3 assets recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis were $83.2 million and $106.4 million, respectively, and no Level 3 liabilities were recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Level 3 assets recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis were 0.9 percent and 1.1 percent of total assets at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, and consisted of residential first mortgage and commercial real estate impaired loans held-for-investment and repossessed assets.

Refer to Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein, for a further discussion of fair value measurements.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

Our principal uses of funds include loan originations and operating expenses. At March 31, 2014, we had outstanding rate-lock commitments to lend $2.6 billion in mortgage loans, compared to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2013. These commitments may expire without being drawn upon and therefore, do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Total commercial and consumer unused collateralized lines of credit totaled $1.8 billion at March 31, 2014 and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2013.

Capital. We had a net loss of $78.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. We did not pay any cash dividends on our common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2014 or during the year ended December 31, 2013. On February 19, 2008, our board of directors suspended future dividends payable on our common stock. Under the capital distribution regulations, a savings bank that is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company must either notify or seek approval from the OCC of an association capital distribution at least 30 days prior to the declaration of a dividend or the approval by our board of directors of the proposed capital distribution. The 30-day period allows the OCC to determine whether or not the distribution would not be advisable. Because we are under the Consent Order, we currently must seek approval from the OCC prior to making a capital distribution from the Bank. In addition, under the Supervisory Agreement, the Company agreed to request prior non-objection of the Federal Reserve to pay dividends or other capital distributions.

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.


99

Table of Contents

At March 31, 2014, the Bank was considered "well-capitalized" for regulatory purposes. The following table shows the regulatory capital ratios as of the dates indicated. These ratios are applicable to the Bank only.
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
March 31, 2013
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted tangible assets)
$
1,139,810

12.44
%
 
$
1,257,608

13.97
%
 
$
1,318,770

10.14
%
Total adjusted tangible asset base (1)
$
9,160,924

 
 
$
9,004,904

 
 
$
13,007,694

 
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
$
1,139,810

23.62
%
 
$
1,257,608

26.82
%
 
$
1,318,770

21.24
%
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
1,203,098

24.93
%
 
1,317,964

28.11
%
 
1,398,914

22.53
%
Risk weighted asset base (1)
$
4,826,024

 
 
$
4,688,545

 
 
$
6,208,327

 
(1)
Based on adjusted total assets for purposes of core capital and risk-weighted assets for purposes of total risk-based capital.

The bank regulatory agencies have issued guidelines establishing capital requirements for banks. These guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord ("Basel I") of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision ("BCBS"). We currently calculate our risk-based capital ratios under guidelines adopted by the OCC based on the Basel I framework. Under the current risk based capital framework, a bank’s balance sheet assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items are assigned to one of four broad risk categories. The aggregated dollar amount in each category is then multiplied by the risk weighting assigned to that category. The resulting weighted values from each of the four categories are added together and this sum is the risk-weighted assets total that comprises the denominator of certain risk-based capital ratios. Tier 1 capital and Total Risk Based capital are each divided by this denominator (risk-weighted assets) to determine the Tier 1 capital and Total Risk-Based capital ratios.

In July 2013, the federal bank regulators issued interim final rules (the "New Capital Rules") implementing the Basel Committee’s December 2010 final capital framework for strengthening international capital standards, known as Basel III, as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. In October 2013, the OCC and Federal Reserve released final rules detailing the U.S. implementation of Basel III. The New Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries. The New Capital Rules revise the components of capital and address other issues affecting the numerator in regulatory capital ratios. The New Capital Rules also address asset risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing general risk-weighting approach based on Basel I with a more risk-sensitive approach based, in part, on the standardized approach as part of Basel II. The New Capital Rules also implement the requirements of Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act to remove references to credit ratings from the federal bank regulators’ rules.

The New Capital Rules are effective for us on January 1, 2015 subject to a phase-in period extending through January 2019. The New Capital Rules, among other things, (i) introduce a new capital measure called "Common Equity Tier 1" ("CET1"), (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and "Additional Tier 1 capital" instruments meeting certain revised requirements, (iii) define CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1, and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations.

Savings and loan holding companies are not currently subject to consolidated capital requirements. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the U.S. bank regulatory agencies have established minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for savings and loan holding companies. Beginning January 1, 2015 savings and loan holding companies will be subject to the same consolidated capital requirements as bank holding companies

The New Capital Rules also introduce a new capital conservation buffer designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. The capital conservation buffer is composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. When fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, the New Capital Rules will require us to maintain an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets above the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements.

Flagstar is not subject to the Federal Reserve’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review ("CCAR") program. However as a midsize bank ($10 to $50 billion in assets), Flagstar is required to submit a Dodd-Frank stress test (DFAST) by the end of March every year. DFAST requires banks to project results over a nine-quarter planning horizon under three scenarios (baseline, adverse, and severely adverse) published by the Federal Reserve and to show that the bank would exceed regulatory minimum capital standards for the Tier 1 leverage ratio, Tier 1 common ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and the Total risk-based capital ratio under all of these scenarios. In addition, banks are encouraged to employ an additional bank-

100

Table of Contents

specific, idiosyncratic scenario designed to "break the bank". This latter scenario is designed to provide senior management and the Board with a worst-case analysis to guide their capital planning.

The New Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, certain deferred tax assets and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10 percent of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15 percent of CET1. The New Capital Rules prescribe a new standardized approach for risk weightings that expands the risk-weighting categories from the current four Basel I-derived categories to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset classes.

Certain regulatory capital ratios for the Bank as of March 31, 2014 are shown in the following table.
March 31, 2014
Regulatory Minimums
Regulatory Minimums to be Well-Capitalized
Bank
 
 
 
 
Basel I Ratios
 
 
 
Tier 1 leverage ratio
4.00
%
5.00
%
12.44
%
 
 
 
 
Basel III Ratios (fully phased-in) (1)
 
 
 
Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio (1)
4.50
%
6.50
%
19.56
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio (1)
4.00
%
5.00
%
10.94
%
(1)
See "Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

Liquidity. Liquidity measures the ability to meet current and future cash flow needs as they become due. The liquidity of a financial institution reflects its ability to meet loan requests, to accommodate possible outflows in deposits and to take advantage of interest rates and market opportunities. The ability of a financial institution to meet current financial obligations is a function of the balance sheet structure, the ability to liquidate assets, and the access to various sources of funds.
    
We primarily originate agency eligible loans and therefore the majority of new residential first mortgage loan originations are readily convertible to cash, either by selling them as part of our monthly agency sales, private party whole loan sales, or by pledging them to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis and borrowing against them. We use the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis as our primary source for funding our residential mortgage business due to its flexibility in terms of being able to borrow or repay borrowings as daily cash needs require. We have been successful in increasing the amount of assets that qualify as eligible collateral at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis and continue to review such opportunities on an on-going basis. Adding eligible collateral pools gives us added capacity and flexibility to manage our funding requirements.

The amount we can borrow, or the value we receive for the assets pledged to our liquidity providers, varies based on the amount and type of pledged collateral as well as the perceived market value of the assets and the "haircut" off the market value of the assets. That value is sensitive to the pricing and policies of our liquidity providers and can change with little or no notice.

In addition to operating expenses at a particular level of mortgage originations, our cash flows are fairly predictable and relate primarily to the funding cash outflows of residential first mortgages and the securitization and sales cash inflows of those residential first mortgages. Our mortgage warehouse funding line of business also generates cash flows as funds are extended to correspondent relationships to close new loans. Those loans are repaid when the correspondent sells the loan. Other material cash flows relate to growing our commercial lines of business and the loans we service for others and consist primarily of principal, interest, taxes and insurance escrows. Those monies come in over the course of the month and are paid out based on predetermined schedules. Those flows are largely a function of the size of the servicing book and the volume of refinancing activity of the loans serviced. In general, monies received in one month are paid during the following month with the exception of taxes and insurance monies that are held until such are due.

As governed and defined by our internal liquidity policy, we maintain adequate excess liquidity levels appropriate to cover both unanticipated operational and regulatory requirements. In addition to this standby liquidity, we also maintain targeted minimum levels of unused borrowing capacity as an additional cushion against unexpected liquidity needs. Each business day, we forecast 90 days of daily cash needs. This allows us to determine our projected near term daily cash fluctuations and also to plan and adjust, if necessary, future activities. As a result, we would be able to make adjustments to

101

Table of Contents

operations as required to meet the liquidity needs of our business, including adjusting deposit rates to increase deposits, planning for additional Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, accelerating sales of loans held-for-sale (Agencies and or private), selling loans held-for-investment or securities, borrowing through the use of repurchase agreements, reducing originations, making changes to warehouse funding facilities, or borrowing from the discount window.

Our liquidity position is continuously monitored and adjustments are made to the balance between sources and uses of funds as deemed appropriate. Management is not aware of any events that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, capital resources or operations.

Borrowings. The Federal Home Loan Bank provides loans, also referred to as advances, on a fully collateralized basis, to savings banks and other member financial institutions. We are currently authorized through a resolution of our board of directors to apply for advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank using approved loan types as collateral. At March 31, 2014, we had an authorized line of credit of $7.0 billion that could be utilized to the extent we provide sufficient collateral. At March 31, 2014, we had $1.1 billion of advances outstanding and an additional $1.7 billion of collateralized borrowing capacity available at the Federal Home Loan Bank.

We have arrangements with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago to borrow as appropriate from its discount window. The discount window is a borrowing facility that is intended to be used only for short-term liquidity needs arising from special or unusual circumstances. The amount we are allowed to borrow is based on the lendable value of the collateral that we provide. To collateralize the line, we pledge commercial and industrial loans that are eligible based on Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago guidelines. At March 31, 2014, we had pledged commercial and industrial loans amounting to $44.4 million with a lendable value of $29.9 million. At December 31, 2013, we had pledged commercial and industrial loans amounting to $38.7 million with a lendable value of $25.5 million. The increase in the available loan collateral was due to an increase in commercial loans. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had no borrowings outstanding against this line of credit.

Critical Accounting Policies

Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Certain accounting policies that, due to the judgment, estimates and assumptions inherent in those policies are critical to an understanding of our Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein. These policies relate to: (a) fair value measurements; (b) the determination of our allowance for loan losses; (c) the determination of our representation and warranty reserve; and (d) the determination of the accrual for pending and threatened litigation. We believe the judgment, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein, are appropriate given the factual circumstances at the time. However, given the sensitivity of our Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein, to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in material differences in our results of operations and/or financial condition. For further information on our critical accounting policies, please refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, which is available on our website, www.flagstar.com, under the Investor Relations section, or on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission, at www.sec.gov.

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to results presented in accordance with GAAP, this report includes non-GAAP financial measures such as an adjusted efficiency ratio, the ratio of total nonperforming assets to Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets) and estimated Basel III ratios. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide additional information that is useful to investors in helping to understand the underlying performance and trends of our unique business model. Such measures also help investors to facilitate performance comparisons and benchmarks with other bank and thrift peers in our industry.

Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, which are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. Readers should be aware of these limitations and should be cautious with respect to the use of such measures. To mitigate these limitations, we have practices in place to ensure that these measures are calculated using the appropriate GAAP or regulatory components in their entirety and to ensure that our performance is properly reflected to facilitate consistent period-to-period comparisons. Although we believe the non-GAAP financial measures disclosed in this report enhance investors' understanding of our business and performance, these non-GAAP measures should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for those financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.


102

Table of Contents

Efficiency ratio and efficiency ratio (adjusted). The efficiency ratio, which generally measures the productivity of a bank, is calculated as noninterest expense divided by total operating income. Total operating income includes net interest income and total noninterest income. Management utilizes the efficiency ratio to monitor its own productivity and believes the ratio provides investors with a meaningful tool to monitor period to period productivity trends.

Under the efficiency ratio (adjusted), noninterest expense and income (GAAP) is presented excluding non-recurring items to arrive at adjusted noninterest expense and income (non-GAAP), which is included in the numerator and denominator for the efficiency ratio. As the provision for loan losses is already excluded by the ratio's own definition, we believe that the exclusion of representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate provides investors with a more complete picture of our productivity and ability to generate operating income. The one-time item is an adjustment to the originally recorded fair value of performing repurchased loans due to liquidity risk (recorded in other noninterest income), which is not expected to recur. The efficiency ratio (adjusted) provides investors with a meaningful base for period to period comparisons, which management believes will assist investors in analyzing our operating results and predicting future performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are also utilized internally by management to assess the performance of our own business.

Our calculations of the efficiency ratio may differ from the calculation of similar measures used by other bank and thrift holding companies, and should be used to determine and evaluate period to period trends in our performance, rather than in comparison to other similar non-GAAP measurements utilized by other companies. In addition, investors should keep in mind that the items excluded from income and expenses in the efficiency ratio (adjusted) are recurring and integral expenses to our operations, and that these expenses will still accrue under similar GAAP measures.

Nonperforming assets / Tier 1 + Allowance for Loan Losses. The ratio of nonperforming assets to Tier 1 and allowance for loan losses divides the total level of nonperforming assets held for investment by Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets), as defined by bank regulations, plus allowance for loan losses. We believe these measurements are meaningful measures of capital adequacy used by investors, regulators, management and others to evaluate the adequacy of capital in comparison to other companies within the industry.     
    
Mortgage servicing rights to Tier 1 capital ratio. The ratio of mortgage servicing rights to Tier 1 capital divides the total mortgage servicing rights by Tier 1 capital, as defined by bank regulations. We believe these measurements are meaningful measures of capital adequacy, especially in relation to the level of our mortgage servicing rights. This ratio allows our investors, regulators, management and other parties to measure the adequacy and quality of our mortgage servicing rights and capital, in comparison to other companies within our industry.     

Basel I to Basel III (fully phased-in) reconciliation. We currently calculate our risk-based capital ratios under guidelines adopted by the OCC based on the 1988 Capital Accord ("Basel I") of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the "Basel Committee"). In December 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for Basel III, which will strengthen international capital and liquidity regulations. When fully phased-in, Basel III will increase capital requirements through higher minimum capital levels as well as through increases in risk-weights for certain exposures. Additionally, the final Basel III rules place greater emphasis on common equity. In October 2013, the OCC and Federal Reserve released final rules detailing the U.S. implementation of Basel III and the application of the risk-based and leverage capital rules to top-tier savings and loan holding companies. We will begin transitioning to the Basel III framework in January 2015 subject to a phase-in period extending through January 2019. We are currently evaluating the impact of the final Basel III rules. Accordingly, the calculations provided below are estimates. These measures are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures because they are not formally defined by GAAP and the Basel III implementation regulations will not be fully phased-in until 2019. The regulations are subject to change as clarifying guidance becomes available and the calculations currently include our interpretations of the requirements including informal feedback received through the regulatory process. Other entities may calculate the Basel III ratios differently from ours based on their interpretation of the guidelines. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess our capital adequacy using the Basel III framework, we believe that it is useful to provide investors information enabling them to assess our capital adequacy on the same basis.


103

Table of Contents

The following table displays the calculation for the non-GAAP measures.

Non-GAAP Reconciliation
(Dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 31,
2014
 
March 31,
2013
Efficiency ratio (adjusted)
 
 
 
Net interest income (a)
$
58,201

 
$
55,669

Noninterest income (b)
74,953

 
184,943

Representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate
(1,672
)
 
17,395

Significant one-time items:


 


    Other noninterest income
21,056

 

Adjusted income (c)
$
152,538

 
$
258,007

Noninterest expense (d)
$
139,252

 
$
196,590

Efficiency ratio (d/(a+b))
104.6
%
 
81.7
%
Efficiency ratio (adjusted) (e/c)
91.3
%
 
76.2
%
 
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
March 31, 2013
Nonperforming assets / Tier 1 capital + allowance for loan losses
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming assets
$
141,825

 
$
182,321

 
$
483,659

Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets) (1)
1,139,810

 
1,257,608

 
1,318,770

Allowance for loan losses
307,000

 
207,000

 
290,000

Tier 1 capital + allowance for loan losses
$
1,446,810

 
$
1,464,608

 
$
1,608,770

Nonperforming assets / Tier 1 capital + allowance for loan losses
9.8
%
 
12.4
%
 
30.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage servicing rights to Tier 1 capital ratio
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
March 31, 2013
Mortgage servicing rights
$
320,231

 
$
284,678

 
$
727,207

Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets) (1)
1,139,810

 
1,257,608

 
1,318,770

Mortgage servicing rights to Tier 1 capital ratio
28.1
%
 
22.6
%
 
55.1
%
(1)
Represents Tier 1 capital for the Bank.
March 31, 2014
Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
Tier 1 Leverage (to Adjusted Tangible Assets) (1)
Flagstar Bank (the Bank) (2)
 
 
 
Regulatory capital – Basel I to Basel III (fully phased-in) (3)
 
 
 
Basel I capital
$
1,139,810

 
$
1,139,810

Increased deductions related to deferred tax assets, mortgage servicing assets, and other capital components
(190,401
)
 
(190,401
)
Basel III (fully phased-in) capital (3)
$
949,409

 
$
949,409

Risk-weighted assets – Basel I to Basel III (fully phased-in) (3)
 
 
 
Basel I assets
$
4,826,024

 
$
9,160,924

Net change in assets
28,731

 
(486,536
)
Basel III (fully phased-in) assets (3)
$
4,854,755

 
$
8,674,388

Capital ratios
 
 
 
Basel I (2)
23.62
%
 
12.44
%
Basel III (fully phased-in) (3)
19.56
%
 
10.94
%
 
 
 
 
(1)
The definition of total assets used in the calculation of the Tier 1 Leverage ratio changed from ending total assets under Basel I to quarterly average total assets under Basel III.
(2)
The Bank is currently subject to the requirements of Basel I.
(3)
Basel III information is considered estimated and not final at this time as the Basel III rules continue to be subject to interpretation by U.S. Banking Regulators.


104

Table of Contents

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments due to changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or equity prices. We do not have any material foreign currency exchange risk or equity price risk. The primary market risk is interest rate risk and results from timing differences in the repricing of our assets and liabilities, changes in the relationships between rate indices, and the potential exercise of explicit or embedded options.

Interest rate risk is managed by the asset liability committee ("ALCO"), which is composed of several of our executive officers and other members of management, in accordance with policies approved by our board of directors. The ALCO formulates strategies based on appropriate levels of interest rate risk. In determining the appropriate level of interest rate risk, the ALCO considers the impact projected interest rate scenarios have on earnings and capital, liquidity, business strategies, and other factors. The ALCO meets monthly or as deemed necessary to review, among other things, the sensitivity of assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and fair values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, purchase and sale activity, loans held-for-sale and commitments to originate loans, and the maturities of investments, borrowings and time deposits.

Financial instruments used to manage interest rate risk include financial derivative products such as interest rate swaps and forward sales commitments. Further discussion of the use of and the accounting for derivative instruments is included in Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1 Financial Statements, herein. All of our derivatives are accounted for at fair market value. All mortgage loan production originated for sale is accounted for on a fair value basis.

To effectively measure and manage interest rate risk, sensitivity analysis is used to determine the impact on earnings and the net market value of the balance sheet across various interest rate scenarios, balance sheet trends, and strategies. From these simulations, interest rate risk is quantified and appropriate strategies are developed and implemented. Additionally, duration and net interest income sensitivity measures are utilized when they provide added value to the overall interest rate risk management process. The overall interest rate risk position and strategies are reviewed by executive management and the board of directors on an ongoing basis. Business is traditionally managed to reduce overall exposure to changes in interest rates. However, management has the latitude to increase interest rate sensitivity position within certain limits if, in management's judgment, the increase will enhance profitability.

Net interest income simulation analysis provides estimated net interest income of the current balance sheet across alternative interest rate scenarios. The net interest income analysis measures the sensitivity of interest sensitive earnings over a twelve month time horizon. The analysis holds the current balance sheet values constant and does not take into account management intervention. The net interest income simulation demonstrates the level of interest rate risk inherent in the existing balance sheet.
    
The following table is a summary of the changes in our net interest income that are projected to result from hypothetical changes in market interest rates. The interest rate scenarios presented in the table include interest rates as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and adjusted by instantaneous parallel rate changes plus or minus 200 basis points.
March 31, 2014
Scenario
 
Net interest Income
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
200
 
$
255,235

 
$
25,283

 
11.0
 %
Constant
 
$
229,952

 
$

 
 %
(200)
 
$
220,677

 
$
(9,275
)
 
(4.0
)%
December 31, 2013
Scenario
 
Net interest Income
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
200
 
$
286,048

 
$
35,058

 
14.0
 %
Constant
 
$
250,990

 
$

 
 %
(200)
 
$
211,613

 
$
(39,377
)
 
(16.0
)%

In the net interest income simulation, our balance sheet exhibits slight asset sensitivity. When interest rates rise our interest income increases, conversely when interest rates fall our interest income decreased. The net interest income simulation measures the interest rate risk of the balance sheet over a short period over time, typically twelve months. An additional analysis is completed that measures the interest rate risk over an extended period of time. The Economic Value of Equity

105

Table of Contents

("EVE") analysis provides a fair value of the balance sheet in alternative interest rate scenarios. The EVE analysis does not take into account management intervention and assumes the new rate environment is constant and the change is instantaneous.

The following table is a summary of the changes in our EVE that are projected to result from hypothetical changes in market interest rates. EVE is the market value of assets, less the market value of liabilities, adjusted for the market value of off-balance sheet instruments. The interest rate scenarios presented in the table include interest rates at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and as adjusted by instantaneous parallel rate changes upward to 300 basis points and downward to 100 basis points. The scenarios are not comparable due to differences in the interest rate environments, including the absolute level of rates and the shape of the yield curve. Each rate scenario reflects unique prepayment, repricing, and reinvestment assumptions. Management derives these assumptions by considering published market prepayment expectations, the repricing characteristics of individual instruments or groups of similar instruments, our historical experience, and our asset and liability management strategy. Further, this analysis assumes that certain instruments would not be affected by the changes in interest rates or would be partially affected due to the characteristics of the instruments.

This analysis is based on our interest rate exposure at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and does not contemplate any actions that we might undertake in response to changes in market interest rates, which could impact EVE. Further, as this framework evaluates risks to the current statement of financial condition only, changes to the volumes and pricing of new business opportunities that can be expected in the different interest rate outcomes are not incorporated in this analytical framework. For instance, analysis of our history suggests that declining interest rate levels are associated with higher loan production volumes at higher levels of profitability. While this "natural business hedge" historically offset most, if not all, of the identified risks associated with declining interest rate scenarios, these factors fall outside of the EVE framework. Further, there can be no assurance that this natural business hedge would positively affect the EVE in the same manner and to the same extent as in the past.
    
There are limitations inherent in any methodology used to estimate the exposure to changes in market interest rates. It is not possible to fully model the market risk in instruments with leverage, option, or prepayment risks. Also, we are affected by basis risk, which is the difference in repricing characteristics of similar term rate indices. As such, this analysis is not intended to be a precise forecast of the effect a change in market interest rates would have on us.

If EVE increases in any interest rate scenario, that would indicate an increasing direction for the margin in that hypothetical rate scenario. A perfectly matched balance sheet would possess no change in the EVE, no matter what the rate scenario. The following table presents the EVE in the stated interest rate scenarios.
March 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
Scenario
 
EVE
 
EVE%
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
Scenario
 
EVE
 
EVE%
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
300
 
$
1,382,711

 
15.7
%
 
$
(237,691
)
 
(14.7
)%
 
300
 
$
1,131,146

 
13.4
%
 
$
(261,137
)
 
(18.8
)%
200
 
$
1,480,025

 
16.4
%
 
$
(140,377
)
 
(8.7
)%
 
200
 
$
1,233,357

 
14.3
%
 
$
(158,926
)
 
(11.4
)%
100
 
$
1,565,322

 
17.0
%
 
$
(55,080
)
 
(3.4
)%
 
100
 
$
1,325,836

 
15.0
%
 
$
(66,447
)
 
(4.8
)%
Current
 
$
1,620,402

 
17.1
%
 
$

 
 %
 
Current
 
$
1,392,283

 
15.4
%
 
$

 
 %
(100)
 
$
1,640,110

 
17.1
%
 
$
(19,708
)
 
1.2
 %
 
(100)
 
$
1,416,747

 
15.4
%
 
$
(24,464
)
 
1.8
 %

Our balance sheet exhibits liability sensitivity in an EVE framework. In a rising interest rate scenario, the EVE decreases. The decrease in EVE is the result of the amount of liabilities that would be expected to reprice in the near term exceeding the amount of assets that could similarly reprice over the same time period because such assets may have longer maturities or repricing terms.

106

Table of Contents


Item 4. Controls and Procedures

(a)
Disclosure Controls and Procedures. A review and evaluation was performed by our principal executive and financial officers regarding the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of March 31, 2014 pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Based on that review and evaluation, the principal executive and financial officers have concluded that our current disclosure controls and procedures, as designed and implemented, are operating effectively.

(b)
Changes in Internal Controls. During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

107

Table of Contents

PART II
Item 1. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company is party to legal proceedings incident to its business. See Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1 Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

There have been no material changes to the risk factors previously disclosed in response to Item 1A to Part I of the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Sale of Unregistered Securities

The Company made no sales of unregistered securities during the quarter ended March 31, 2014.
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company made no purchases of its equity securities during the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

Item 3. Defaults upon Senior Securities

The Company had no defaults on senior securities.

The following sets forth arrearage of the payment of dividends on preferred stock.

Under the terms of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (the "Series C Preferred Stock") the Company may defer payments of dividends. Beginning with the February 2012 payment, the Company has exercised its contractual right to defer regularly scheduled quarterly payments of dividends on Series C Preferred Stock, and is therefore currently in arrears with the dividend payments. As of March 31, 2014, the amount of the arrearage on the dividend payments of the Series C Preferred Stock was $34.4 million.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

Item 5. Other Information

None.


108

Table of Contents

Item 6. Exhibits 
Exhibit No.
  
Description
3.8 *
 
Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Designations of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated February 28, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
 
 
 
31.1
  
Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
 
 
31.2
  
Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
 
 
32.1
  
Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
32.2
  
Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Financial Officer
 
 
101
  
Financial statements from Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2014, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

*
Incorporated herein by reference.






109

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FLAGSTAR BANCORP, INC.
 
 
 
Registrant
 
 
 
 
Date:
May 9, 2014
 
/s/ Alessandro DiNello
 
 
 
Alessandro DiNello
 
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Paul D. Borja
 
 
 
Paul D. Borja
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

110

Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.
  
Description
3.8 *
 
Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Designations of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated February 28, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
 
 
 
31.1
  
Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
 
 
31.2
  
Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
 
 
32.1
  
Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
32.2
  
Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Financial Officer
 
 
101
  
Financial statements from Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2014, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

*
Incorporated herein by reference.




111